EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - Welcome to Environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/141020148M...EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EXPANSION OF COPPER ORE MININGFROM 1.0 MTPA TO 1.5 MTPA OF KOLIHAN COPPER MINE [Area 163.23 ha]

Kolihan Village, Khetri Tehsil, Jhunjhunu District, Rajasthan

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

HINDUSTAN COPPER LIMITED

EIA/EMP Report for Expansion of Copper Ore Mining from 1.0 MTPA to 1.5 MTPA of Kolihan Copper Mine

Content Page i

CONTENTS

Topic Page no.

Introduction 1

Project Description 1

Description Of the Environment 3

Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 6

Additional Studies 9

Environmental Monitoring Programme 10

Project Benefits 10


Executive Summary Page 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL) is a Government of India undertaking under the Ministry of Mines. The company’s HQ is located at Kolkata. HCL is the only vertically integrated copper producer in India engaged in mining of ore followed by beneficiation, smelting, refining and manufacture of Continuous Cast Copper Rods (CCR). HCL incorporated in Nov. ‘1967 took over the plants and mine at Khetri, Kolihan in Rajasthan from NMDC. HCL has planned to increase the production of copper ore from its Kolihan Mine from the present level of 1.0 Mt/yr to 1.5 Mt/yr. This is an executive summary of the Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental management Plan (EIA/EMP) report for the proposed expansion.

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Leasehold area is located at a distance of 10 km south of Singhana in Khetri tehsil of Jhunjunu district, Rajasthan. Kolihan lease area measures 163.23 ha and is located at Kolihan village of Khetri tehsil in Jhunjhunu district of Rajasthan. The deposit is covered under Survey of India toposheet no. 44 P/16 bounded between latitudes 28°00’41.79’’ – 28°01’23.77”N and longitudes 75°45’50.99” – 75°46’54.08”E. Out of 163.23 ha of ML area about 161.83 ha is forest land.

Kolihan-Singhana road is 1.3 km from the mine site. SH-26 connecting Khetri nagar-Singhana-Narnaul-Rewari-Delhi is 13 km towards east from the mine site. SH-13 connecting Khetri nagar - Neem ka thana-Ajitgarh-Jaipur is 1.5 km towards east from the mine site. SH-17 connecting Khetri nagar-Chirawa-Jhunjhunu-Sikar-Jaipur is 13 km towards east from the mine site. Jaipur and Delhi are 165 km south and 185 km east respectively from the ML area. Nearest railway station is Nizampur on Rewari-Jaipur section and Chirawa on Loharu – Sawai Madhopur section of wastern railway. Nearest airport, Jaipur (Sanganer) is 160 km south from the mine.

Expansion of mining capacities will be by trackless mechanized underground mine with transverse open blast hole stoping method using 165 mm dia. holes drilled from level to level / Drill Level to Extraction level. Ore beneficiation [not under the present scope] shall be done at KCC concentrator located adjacent to the production shaft of Khetri copper mine. From surface stockpile, ore will be transported by 7.5 km long bi-cable aerial ropeway to the concentrator plant.

Total mineral reserves of copper ore are estimated to be 21.13 Mt. Production till 2022-23 is 7.55 Mt. Remaining reserves will be 13.55 Mt which will last another 10 years @ 1.5 Mt/y. Hence life of the mine is about 20 years.

Kolihan Copper Mine has been developed over a strike length of 700m and has eight levels at vertical interval of 60m viz. 424, 364, 306, 246, 184, 124, 64 and 0 mRL. The numbers indicate the height of the respective level above Mean Sea Level. The upper four levels viz. 424, 364, 306 and 246 mRL are exhausted and topmost three levels are isolated from rest of the mine. Production is going on in two levels namely 184, 124 mRL and Mine development is going on at four levels 184, 124, 64 & 0 mRL. Stope development in strike extension at 306 mRL and 246 mRL is also being planned to increase stope availability.

The main levels have been opened at 60 m interval from the main opening. Drives are developed in the footwall of the ore body. These footwall drives are generally kept 10-15 m away from the ore body. Borehole pockets in the footwall drives are made at 25m strike intervals. Detailed definition drilling for delineation of the ore body is done from the borehole pockets. Main footwall drive at every level is connected to the main ore pass. Approach to the ore blocks for extraction also developed from this footwall drives.



Primary and secondary mine development is required in the form of drives, cross cuts and raises etc. to bring the stopes to the production level. Necessary development is planned on the basis of geometry of the ore body obtained from the definition drilling and will be undertaken accordingly.

Production shaft is proposed from surface (460 mRL) to (-)220 mRL having 230 tph hoisting capacity, man winding and intake for ventilation air and the existing shaft will also be utilized for hoisting and intake of the air to the mine. The new production and service shaft winder will be utilized up to (-) 140 mRL and the existing shaft will be used for production hoisting from 0 mRL. The hoisting capacity will be 5000 TPD.

A decline from surface has been developed upto 74 mRL and the work is in progress to connect 64 mRL. It is proposed to extend the decline up to (-) 140 mRL to serve for man and material transportation and ventilation. This will be utilized as second entry in between levels and equipment and material transportation to various levels. The expansion work is scheduled to be completed up to 2019-20. Present production target is 0.6 Mt/y, which will be increased to 1.5 Mt/y by 2023-24.

Blast hole stoping method have been adopted at Kolihan. In this method, a drill level is being prepared below the crown pillar of 15m. The size of the stope block is 30m wide along the strike which includes 15m stope and 15m pillar. Slot raise, stope, rib pillar and barrier pillar is drilled with 165 mm hole dia. drills. In this method trough, sill pillar and crown pillar drilling is done by BBC 120 F Drifter machine having 57 mm hole dia. drilling capacity. A slot raise is prepared within the stope limit connecting the crown level to extraction level. Slot raise is then widened upto 15m along width and height of the stope block. Stope rings are then blasted against the free face of the slot thus made. When blasting of the stope rings are completed, stope pillar rings are then blasted at a time. After recovery of the rib and crown pillar, the sill pillar is then blasted sequentially and extraction starts from HW to FW.

The mine is ventilated by two nos. double stage axial flow fans; one of these fans has been installed at 460 mRL on surface whereas the other at the mouth of the decline. Total quantity of 14,560 m3 of air is exhausted per minute from the mine by these fans. In addition to these two main fans auxiliary booster fans have been installed at “0” mRL, 124 mRL and 246 mRL for better coursing of air at the working places, The intake air is coursing through 424 mRL , thereafter the production shaft up to the bottom most part of the mine where as the decline and the ventilation adit are main return air ways.

Drives upto 3.5m wide are supported in weak zones. Drives wider than 3.5m are supported by 1.5m x 1.5m grid pattern with 1.5m long rock bolts. Junctions, sub-stations, grizzlies and pumping stations are supported by 1.2m x 1.2m grid by 1.5m long rock bolts. During the expansion phase, all working areas and stopes shall be additionally supported by timber chocks.

At Kolihan copper mine trackless system of mining has been adopted for better productivity and safe operation. The Low Profile Dumper of 14 tonnes are used for transporting the ore from stope to the grizzlies. The ore dumped in the ore pass is transported by a feeder and a disc screen on the crusher of 400 tph at (-) 21 mRL. The ore is crushed to (-) 150 mm size which passes to the surge bin of 1000 tonnes. From there the ore passes to the measuring hoppers by a conveyor and to the automatic skip loading arrangements at (-) 69 mRL. The above existing system of ore handling shall be followed in the expansion phase also.

The ore is hoisted by a pair of 6 ton capacity skips in balance which is operated by a 800 HP Koepe Winder. The skip loading/unloading system is fully automatic and is interlocked with each other. The ore from 424 mRL is loaded into a train of Granby Cars (10 tonnes) by means of pneumatically operated chutes and hauled to the surface by a 16 tonnes trolley wire Goodman Locomotive and dumped in the 300 tonnes RCC bin at the surface.



Ore from the surface RCC bin is conveyed to the surface stockpile (31000 m3 capacity) via conveyor belt. Through another belt conveyor the ore is fed to the aerial ropeway system for onward dispatch to the mill for processing. The above existing hoisting arrangement shall be followed in the expansion phase also.

The ore from Kolihan stock pile to KCC concentrator is taken with Bi-cable Aerial Ropeway 7.5 km long and having a capacity of 200 tonnes per hour (with 20 hour per day working, its installed capacity – 1.20 million tonnes/year). It is proposed to upgrade the Ropeway to increase the capacity to 250 tonnes per hour i.e. 1.50 million tonnes / year. Whenever there will be any breakdown in the ropeway system then the ore will be transported by road to maintain the supply of ore to the concentrator plant.

The waste generated during mining operations does not contain any toxic substance. Till now 2, 10,000 tonnes of waste rock has been generated and stacked in the waste rock yards.

Waste material is hoisted to surface through service shaft. Waste generated in different development faces is transported to designated waste dump raises. From these raises, it is filled in Granby cars for taking out to surface through service shaft. Service shaft is equipped with 400 KW double drum winder. On the surface, waste rocks are carried to dump through loco from where it is filled in the dumpers to dump systematically in the waste yard site located in the barren land within the lease area.

During expansion about 5,38,883 m3 waste rock shall be generated. 50% waste rock, which amounts to 2,69,442 m3 will be dumped into underground open stopes and remaining 2,69,441 m3 will be hoisted through shaft to ultimately dump into the dumping yard, situated nearby, over 1.64 ha rocky barren land.

The expanded mine shall consume 375 t/yr (up from 250 t/yr) of explosives. HSD consumption of mining equipment is expected to increase from 300 kl/d to 315 kl/d. The mine has a explosive magazine which is sufficient for the expanded mine also. No increase in power demand is envisaged from the existing 3.5 MW. The power is supplied by Rajasthan State Electricity Board (RSEB).

At present peak water demand of the Kolihan copper mine (including township) is 1150 m3/d which is expected to be 1200 m3/d during the expansion phase. Of this 400 m3/d of fresh water will be drawn from well in Kharkhara. 200 m3/d of mine seepage water and balance 300 m3/d of water will be met by recycled water.

Presently the mine employs 674 persons. There shall be no increase in the existing manpower for expansion of the Kolihan copper mine.

Kolihan Township is located outside the mine lease at a distance of about 1.75 km from the mine. Kolihan Township has 785 dwelling units and the township is spread over 16.473 ha. No expansion in the townships would be required for the expansion.

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Physiography and Drainage

The study area consists of two great planes separated by the NE-SW trading Shekhawati hill ranges with steep slopes. In the North Eastern part of the Shekhawati hills, altitudesrange from about 400m AMSL to 750m AMSL whereas the alluvium covered valleys are at altitudes as low as 300m AMSL. The area generally rises in the Southern part of the Kantli river at Gurha, Ponk and Kho and at Raghunathgarh in the Malkhet ranges. The semi desert Shekhawati area slopes regionally towards North West and its drained by the Kantli river, Kharkhara and small streams and their tributaries, most of which disappear into sand. There is no perennial river or stream in the study area.



There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, and Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed) within 10 km of the mine lease.

In the lease area, there are three NE-SW striking hill ranges separated by sandy plains. Towards west, falls the eastern foot-hills of Makro Hill range. The central hill range contains copper mineralization. This hill range is separated by Kharkhara valley from Makro Hills. On eastern side, there is magnetite-quartzite hill of moderate height/ elevation separated by the valley where different processing plants, stores, and administrative building etc. The southern part of Kolihan mining Lease is a hilly terrain, whereas the northern part is soil covered plain area. The highest point of the area is 555m AMSL and the valley level is around 350m AMSL.

Rainfall in the area being scanty in this arid region surface water sources are only a few. As such there is no perennial surface water body in the study area. However, there are two seasonal nallahs, namely Kharkhara in the west and Sukh nadi in the east w.r.t the mine lease. Natural flow of water in the drainage system of this area has a trend towards NE.

3.2 Land Use

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through satellite image processing (Resourcesat LISS IV, March 2012) with satellite data of 5.5 m resolution. Predominant landuse in the study area is agricultural land (43.55%) followed by scrub (36%). Waste land covers 16.73%, built up areas cover 2.67% and surface water bodies cover 0.29% of the study area. Industrial and mining activities spread over an area of about 0.8%.

3.3 Climate & Meteorology

The study area lies in hot arid region with “extreme” climate; this region mostly remains dry with very hot summers and cool winters. Summer is typically from March to June when monthly temperature ranges from a maximum of 48°C during daytime to a minimum of 22°C at night. Winter is from November to February when the maximum temperature during day goes up to 28°C and minimum temperature at night becomes as low as 2°C as per records of nearest India Meteorological Department (IMD) observatory at Pilani.

Micro-meteorological conditions of the study area were monitored at Tiba wali dhani (near Kolihan Nagar) at a distance of about 300m outside the lease area in east direction. Wind speed & direction, air temperature and relative humidity were recorded hourly throughout post-monsoon season 2013. Rainfall was recorded on daily basis. WSW (prevailing for about 8.43% of the time) followed by NNW (8.36%) and W (6.34%). Calm conditions prevailed for 55.52% of the time.

3.4 Air Quality

8 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring locations were set up in the study area. Of these stations, one was within the mine lease, while the rest were outside the mining lease. Samples of 24 hourly duration were taken for monitoring PM10, SO2 and NOx twice a week for 12 weeks. The results when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards of Central Pollution Control Board indicate that air quality is within norms for all of the locations, barring a few maximum readings of PM10.



3.5 Water Quality

In order to get an idea about the water quality in the study area water samples were collected from Ajit Sagar Bandh, four ground water samples from different villages.

All the ground water quality parameters meet the drinking water standards. In two samples (GW3: Kharkhara dug well & GW4: Khetri nagar), iron, chloride, fluoride, copper, manganese, sulphate, zinc exceeds the desirable limits but are within the Permissible Limits. In one sample (GW4) total hardness is higher than the maximum permissible limit. It may be due to presence of calcium in the host rock. It is more obvious with the fact that conc. of calcium and magnesium is also exceeding the corresponding desirable limits. However Ca and Mg are well within the maximum permissible limits. Both the samples (GW3 & GW4) are from outside the sub watershed in which the mine lease falls.

Also effluent characteristics from mine discharge water and STP has been analysed. The results of effluent analysis have been compared with the General Standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to Inland Surface water as prescribed by MoEF vide notification dated 19th May,1993 and amendment in Dec.,1993. From the results it was observed that the effluent discharge meets the prescribed norms.

3.6 Noise Levels

In order to have an idea about the existing noise levels in the study area, noise monitoring has been carried out at 6 locations.

Ambient noise levels are within the norms at all stations except at Khetri more due to attribution of traffic noise from adjacent roads (SH-17 and SH-26). In day time, the impact is more because of the commercial activity in the vicinity. Work zone noise was also measured at 4 locations, noise levels in work zone area are found to be within the DGMS standard of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours exposure except fan house.

3.7 Ecology

The study area lies in Aravalli Hills. Only about 1.5% of the study area (Khetri Town, HCL’s Khetri Copper Complex Township and Singhana Town) is urban, the rest is rural. Hills covered with Open Scrub Forests, Dry Agricultural Land and Waste Lands are the dominant land uses.

The core zone consists of forest land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land and a few small patches of dry agricultural land.

The core zone includes 161.83 ha of forest land forming part of the Kharkara Protected Forest (PF). The area forms part of the Aravalli Hills. Although the entire forest land has been dereserved for mining, through the life of the mine (under present proposal) only about 68 ha area shall be utilized for setting up of various facilities of the mine.

The buffer zone consists of forest land on the hills, dry agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land, rural and urban settlements and small seasonal streams & roadside ditches, which usually dry up by mid-December / early January. Because of low & erratic rainfall and lack of irrigation facilities, most of the agricultural land remains fallow during the non-monsoon period.

It is to be noted that the Bishnoi Community forms a significant proportion of the local population. The Bishnoi community has traditionally protected wildlife and consequently the fauna is flourishing in the study area inspite of the harsh environment. Nilgai are usually active at night and herds of these antelope raid crops at night. Although nilgai cause considerable damage to crops, they are rarely persecuted by the villagers.



3.8 Socio-economic Environment

The total population of the study area is ~1.32 lakhs. The sex ratio in the study area is, ~903 females per 1000 males. SCs and STs constitute 15.88% and 2.90% of the total population respectively.Literacy rate is good (60%). Working population constitute about 41% of the total population. Main and marginal workers constitute 27% and 14% of total population respectively.

Agriculture is characterized by mono-crop culture where bajra is the major crop grown in this area. Other than bajra, vegetables, mustard etc. are also grown. The cropping intensity is quite low (about 97.9%). This indicates that the total land holding is not utilized for cultivation and waste / fallow land is there.

Occupational structure of the people of the study area reveals that about 86.8% have cultivation as primary source of income. People engaged in service are 4.3% only 8.9% of the people are self-employed.

4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Land Environment: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The proposed project envisages expansion of an underground mining project, where most of the activity will be confined underground. No additional land will be acquired or leased for the project. Almost half of the entire waste rock generated during mining shall be used for the filling of exhausted stopes and remaining half rock will be brought to the surface for external dumping in the waste rock dumps. With this the dumping height (over an area of 1.64 ha) will increase to 10 m at 420 mRL. Out of 163.23 ha, only about 8.9% (14.52 ha) of the lease area has been utilized so far. In the next 5 years, land utilization shall increase to 9.3% (15.24 ha). At the end of mining, total 26.6% (43.43 ha) shall come under active utilization.

Solid Waste disposal

The already accumulated waste is dumped in pre designated waste yard site covering 1.64 ha area located in the barren land within the lease area. The waste dump is partly stabilized with plantation. As the mine is underground, top soil conservation is not applicable.

It is proposed to dump anticipated 2,69,441 m3 of waste rock to be hoisted from underground from the year 2013-14 to 2032-33, over a 20m strip with 10m height. However, this waste rock has been planned to be sold to outside parties on regular basis so that no additional area is required for waste rock dumping.

Subsidence

There is an old subsided area at the hill top caused mainly due to near surface working by small private operators prior to taking up the lease by HCL in 1967. No impact or possibilities of increase of this subsided area is anticipated due to present working at greater depth and sufficient rock strength. However a detailed study on subsidence due to futuristic working is being carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics (NIRM). The support system, pillar width and all other underground structures will be designed as prescribed by NIRM from subsidence point of view.

4.2 Impacts on Drainage, Water Resources & Water Quality and Mitigation Measures

The study area lies in the semiarid zone where the occurrence and movement of ground water is controlled by the topography and physical characteristics of the study area. There is no source of surface water in buffer zone. Seasonal ephemeral streams flows in the buffer zone during the



monsoon. It remains dry for most part of the year. Water pumped out of mine is collected in a surface tank for reuse. Major ground water resources in the study area are deep wells, hand pumps and deep tube wells. Rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and cervices help for accumulation of water below the ground level. Pre monsoon and post monsoon depth of water levels in village in and around Kolihan mining lease area during Sept ‘2012 and April ‘. Depth of water level ranges between 1.2 to 40.1 m.

At present water demand for Kolihan Copper mine is 1150 m3/d. In the expansion phase 1200 m3/d water will be required. As much as 50% of this demand has been planned to be met through recycling.

All effluents are collected and re-used for meeting the industrial water requirements of the mine and also for irrigation purposes in green belt development.

The area being water scarce, it is important that conservation of water resources is key to deal with the issue. Khetri copper complex as a whole has planned a number of good management practices for water conservation.

About 200 m3/day of mine discharge / seepage water shall be collected and taken back to mine for use. About 300 m3/day of water from compressor cooling, workshop and other mining activities will be recycled and reused. About 240 m3/day of water from township shall be used for green belt development. Thirteen suitable locations for Rain Water Harvesting have been identified by reconnaissance survey and study of the buildings and drainage arrangement in the plant areas and township areas in Khetri Copper Complex.

4.3 Impacts on Air Quality & Mitigation Measures

In underground, Fugitive dust is being generated in the underground mine due to drilling & blasting, handling of waste & ore, crushing of ore and movement of machineries (LHD, LPDT etc.). At Kolihan mine, water is sprayed on blasted ore and waste rock in underground to suppress fugitive dusts.

At surface, ROM ore is being raised to the surface and transported by covered conveyor to the stockpile located within the mine lease and from Kolihan stock pile to KCC concentrator with 7.4 km long Bi-cable Aerial Ropeway.

The fugitive dust emissions have been estimated using the methodologies outlined in the AP-42 (USEPA) and National Pollutant Inventory (NPI) Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET) for Mining Version 2.3 (DEH 2001) (Australia). Mining activities viz. loading/unloading operations & crushing of ore at crusher house has been considered.

Emissions from loading were estimated using the default emission factors from the NPI EET Manual (DEH, 2001) recommended for metalliferous operations in the mining area. Emissions for unloading operations were estimated using the equations developed by CIMFR. PM10 default emission factors for Stockpile and Bin has been considered as 0.0017 kg/t and 0.02 kg/t respectively.

Preliminary calculations indicated that the maximum increase in PM10 levels due to the expansion will be about 6 μg/m3 at the nearest receptor village in downwind direction outside the mine lease. Thus operation of expanded Kolihan mine will have no measurable impact on the ambient air quality.

In Kolihan mines, following management measures is being/ shall be considered for prevention and control of air pollution.



In underground, maximum air requirement for the projected production level of 1.5 mtpa is 25,440m3/min. New ventilation systems for stoping on lower levels have been planned. In this system the new production shaft and the existing production shaft both will work as intake air ways and adit at 460 ml and decline will work as return of the mine. The fan at 460 mRL adit mouth will remain same and the fan at decline mouth will be up graded to handle 13,500 m3/min of return air. At surface, all roads within the mine lease are metalled roads and they are kept in good repair. Periodically water is sprinkled on these roads in amounts just sufficient to wet the surface. All personnel working underground and at material handling areas on the surface are issued dust masks. Wearing of dust masks is strictly enforced for personnel engaged in drilling, crushing and ore / waste rock handling. Gaseous pollutants in the exhaust fumes generated by other machinery are minimized by ensuring vigorous maintenance adhering to stringent overhaul schedules. The repair workshop and maintenance garage, which are equipped with all necessary facilities, ensure upkeep and maintenance of engines.

4.4 Impacts on Ecology and Mitigation Measures

The proposed project envisages expansion of an existing underground mine without acquisition of any additional land. The vegetation of the forest land in the lease area is sparse and is dominated by Prosopisj uliflora and Euphorbia caducifolia. This forest land has been preserved. On the other hand, extensive plantation has been carried out in the mine lease including the mines area and the township.

As regards impact on wildlife, the wild life in the core zone and its vicinity are confined to common small species, found on the outskirts of villages in most parts of India. 14.52 ha of surface land have been utilized for the project. Some animals such as rabbits, jackals, foxes squirrels etc. may have been displaced by the project. On the other hand the extensive plantation within the acquired land has provided a habitat for several species of birds, squirrels, mongoose, reptiles etc.

The mine has been in operation for more than forty years now. The resident fauna have become habituated to the project’s activities. Under the proposed expansion programme, the land use within the mine lease will remain unchanged as most activities of the expansion programme will take place deep underground. The additional ore from the expanded mine will be transported by aerial ropeway and will hardly have any effect on the local fauna. Moreover, local people have traditionally protected wildlife and the same shall continue.

4.5 Occupational safety and Health

Occupational health and safety (OHS) aims to prevent accidents and diseases related to work place. The OHS recognizes the connection between the workplace, worker health & safety, and the environment outside the workplace. Effective workplace health and safety programmes can help to save the lives of workers by reducing hazards and their consequences. Health and safety programmes also have positive effects on both worker morale and productivity, which are important benefits. HCL management emphasizes to address all work-related hazards including statutory requirements in order to create and maintain a safe and healthy workplace for their employees.

At the mine site there is a First Aid Centre located at the surface. There is also one First Aid Centre located at each working level underground. These are always manned. An ambulance is always available for casualty evacuation at the mine. All Blasters, Mining Mates, Foremen, 2nd Class Mines Managers and 1st Class Mines Manager have been trained in 1st Aid.

HCL has a well equipped hospital located at Khetri Copper Complex (KCC) Township about 10 km from Kolihan Mine. This hospital is a 60 bedded multi-speciality hospital with facilities for X-ray,



ECG, Pathology, Ultrasonography, major and minor surgeries and casualty department. A 4-bedded ICU and a blood bank are being added. The hospital has 13 doctors, including one chest specialist, and 90 other medical staff. The hospital presently does not have any orthopedic surgeon or ophthalmologist on its staff.

All workers undergo a Pre-employment Medical Examination followed by a Periodical Medical Examination (PME) once every 5 years; for workers older than 45 years, the PME is carried out once in three years. The findings are maintained in each worker’s individual medical record which is maintained throughout his duration of service.

All new recruits are given basic training on safety before being actually deployed in the mines. Air quality, water quality and noise levels may affect the workers’ health. Therefore these attributes are monitored regularly. Effects of these environmental attributes on the workers health are communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the mine’s Safety Officer and the Medical Officer.

The Safety Officer is responsible for the purchase and issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, safety belts, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. taking employee strength into consideration and distributed to both company employees and contractors’ employees. Safety boots are issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipments are issued.

Even after the mine’s closure, if any worker is diagnosed with a disease resulting from exposure to hazards while working at the mine, he will be compensated as per prevailing company rules.

Patients suffering from hypertension and diabetes were referred to the department of medicine, SMS, Jaipur for management and were subsequently followed up at KCC Hospital. Patients suffering from diminished vision and cataract were referred to the department of Ophthalmology SMS, Jaipur Hospital, for further management. Patients suffering from sensory neural hearing loss were followed by the ENT Specialists at SMS Hospital and job profiles of those workers were changed.

5.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

5.1 Public Consultation

During the field study an opinion poll was conducted to ascertain local villagers’ opinion about the project. ~71% the people are optimistic about employment generation due to the proposed expansion project. 61% of them are optimistic about the peripheral development. 23% are optimistic about development in business activities. About the disadvantages, 45% of the respondents are worried about the problem due to mining activities. About ~26% of respondents have opined about possibility of health hazards. 49% of the respondents complained about the facilities provided by HCL.

5.2 Socio-economic Impacts

The proposed expansion project is expected to influence the socio-economic condition of the people of the surrounding areas. Such impacts may be marginal or non-marginal depending on the extent of change caused by the project to alter the existing equilibrium of the socio-economic system. The project is likely to bring benefits for the local people. Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed activities are going to create considerable impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. The project is unlikely to cause any damage to the agricultural situation of the area. It is likely to benefit the farming community by way of supplementary income through non-farm sources. Local people are likely to get a



major share of the jobs generated by the project in accordance with their qualifications. The project is also expected to generate substantial indirect employment in other sectors e.g. in the small scale industrial units and service centres etc. which are expected to come in the vicinity of the projects.

5.3 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment has been carried out for the project. During the operation of the mine, the risks which have been identified are failure of roof in the pit, mine inundation, fly rock from blasting, surface fire, danger due to storage and handling of explosives, exposure to fumes and gases, and for the tailings dam.

The rock strata will be monitored at regular intervals to check for any possible failure. All necessary precautions will be taken to prevent mine inundation. All precautions related to control of fly rock, as prescribed by DGMS, will be taken during the blasting operations. All necessary safety precautions will be taken during design of equipment and operational practices to prevent accidents.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT

A dedicated department, called the Environmental Cell (EC) shall be formed to look after all environmental aspects including regulatory matters of the mine. During the operational phase, the EC shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EC by following an implementation schedule.

A dedicated Mine Environmental Committee (MEC) shall be formed to look after the environmental issues pertaining to the mine’s environment. The MEC shall include engineers, geologist, surveyor, Environmental Engineer, Chemist, Medical Officer, Training Officer, Occupational Health In-charge, workmen, workers’ union representatives etc.

The EC of the mine will be headed by an environmental engineer who will be designated as “Environmental Officer”. In his day to day work he will be assisted by chemists, laboratory assistants and other officials of R&D division. Services of retired forest officials will be taken for effective implementation of plantation schemes, if required. For development and maintenance of jobs like drainage, clearing settling pits etc. assistance from the mine’s civil engineering department are taken.

The environmental attributes / activities to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and effectiveness of various mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during the expansion plan are meteorology, air quality & emissions, water quality, drainage system, noise, ground vibrations, roof fall, land subsidence, plantations and occupational safety & health.

7.0 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

Expansion of Kolihan copper mine will partly meet country’s indigenous copper ore production capacity which has paramount importance considering the fact that HCL has exclusive rights for primary copper mining in India. The positive points are (i) Strong employment generation potential (ii) Peripheral development and creation of social capital (iv) Boost in agricultural sector and (v) Increased awareness for education etc.

No rehabilitation and resettlement issues are involved in the project. In expansion period, ore shall be transported by aerial ropeway to the concentrator plant which is same as the existing practice, obviating pressure on the local road network.

COVERAGE OF TOR


© 2014 MECON Limited, All rights reserved

Terms of ReferencePage i

Sl.No. ToR conditions Chapter Reference

i. Status of compliance of the earlier EC conditions along with supporting documents and photographs should be submitted.

6 Clause 6.5 & Annexure 6.3

ii. Year-wise production details since 1994 onwards should be given clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 coming into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

2 Clause 2.5.2

iii. A copy of the document in support of the fact that the proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given. 2 Clause 2.6.1 &

Annexure 2.1

iv. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.

- Complied

v. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area superimposed on High Resolution Imagery/toposheet should be provided. 2

Clause 2.4; Drawing no.: MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1

vi. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. 7 Clause 7.1.1 &

Annexure: 7.1

vii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/ procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

7 Clause 7.1.2

viii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given.

7 Clause 7.1.2

ix. Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report.

7 Clause 7.1.2

x. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

2 & 3 Clause 3.0, 2.9.0.2 & 2.9.8.2

xi. Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary and national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features

3

Clause 3.3.2 & 3.3.3 Drawing no. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/7.0



Terms of ReferencePage ii


should be indicated.

xii. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted.

3 & 4 Clause 3.3.3 & 4.1.2

xiii. Details of the land for OB dump outside the mine lease such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any should be given.

2 & 4 Clause 2.8.8 & 4.1.3

xiv. High Resolution Satellite Imagery of the proposed area clearly showing the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone) should be furnished.

3 Clause 3.3.3

xv. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any in the project area, or otherwise, based on land use classification (revenue record) as also in terms of the definition of forest as pronounced in the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the matter of T.N. Godavarman Vs. Union of India. In the event of any claim by the project proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

2Clause 2.5.1, Annexure – 2.2 & 2.3

xvi. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA). A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

2 Clause 2.6.1, Annexure – 2.1

xvii. Implementation of status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.


xviii. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly detailed mitigative measures required should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

4 Clause 4.4.1

xix. The vegetation in the RF / PF area with necessary details should be given. 3 Clause 3.4.6.2.1

xx. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the mining project 4 Clause 4.4.1



Terms of ReferencePage iii


on wildlife of the area including on the elephant population and details furnished.

xxi. A confirmation may be adduced, duly authenticated by the competent authority in the State Government to the effect whether the project falls in Aravalli and whether it is covered by the order of the Hon’ble Supreme Court dated 8.4.2005 in the contempt petition (c) 412/2004 in writ petition 202 of 1995 in the matter of Godavarman vs Union of India.


xxii. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, if any, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above should be obtained from the State Wildlife Department/ Chief Wildlife Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and copy furnished.


xxiii. A detailed biological study for the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on primary field survey clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

3 Clause 3.4.6 Annexure – 3.2

xxiv. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. 4 Clause 4.1.2

xxv. Issues relating to mine safety based on subsidence study should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measure in this regard should also be provided.

4 Clause 4.1.4

xxvi. R&R plan / compensation details for the project affected people should be furnished. While preparing the R&R plan, the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs / STs and other weaker sections, need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirement and action programmes prepared accordingly integrating the sectoral programme of line departments of the State Government.

- No R&R involved



Terms of ReferencePage iv


xxvii. One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ data so collected presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.

3

Clause 3.2.1 Table no. 3.6Table no.3.9.1 to 3.9.8 Clause 3.4.1 Clause 3.4.2.1, 3.4.3.2, 3.4.4, 3.4.5, 3.4.6

xxviii. Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

4 4.2.1

xxix. The water requirement for the project, its availability and source to be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should be indicated.

2 Clause 2.10; Table 2.14, Fig. 2.7

xxx. Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the project should be provided. 2 Clause 2.10;

Annexure – 2.6

xxxi. Details of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the project should be given. 4 Clause 4.1.6

xxxii. Impact of the project on the water quality both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required should be provided.

4 4.1.5

xxxiii. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed hydro geological study should be undertaken and report furnished. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

3 & 4 Clause 3.4.3.1 4.1.5 & Table 4.1

xxxiv. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any and the impact of 4 Clause 4.1.5



Terms of ReferencePage v


the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

xxxv. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed, if any, in the project should be provided. 4 Clause 4.2.2

xxxvi. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

4 Clause 4.1.6 Annexure – 4.2

xxxvii. Quantity of solid waste generation to be estimated and details for its disposal and management should be provided. The quantity, volumes and methodology planned for removal and utilisation (preferably concurrently) of top soil should be indicated. Details of backfilling proposed, if any, should also be given. It may be clearly indicated that out of the total waste generated during the mine life, how much quantity would be backfilled and how much quantity would be disposed off in the form of external dump (number of dumps, their height, terraces etc. to be brought out).

2 & 4 Clause 2.9.8, 4.1.2 & 4.1.3

xxxviii. The reclamation plan, post mine land use and progressive greenbelt development plan shall be prepared in tabular form (prescribed format) and submitted.

4 Clause 4.1.2, 4.4.2

xxxix. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the project in the present road network (including those outside the project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the increased load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered.

2 2.9.6

xl. Details of the infrastructure facilities to be provided for the mine workers should be included in the EIA report. 2 Clause 2.10

xli. Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Rehabilitation of mined out area (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

4 Clause 4.1.2

xlii. Phase-wise plan of greenbelt development, plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given.

4 Clause 4.4.2

xliii. Occupational health impact of project should be anticipated and preventive measures initiated. Details in this regard should be 4 Clause 4.6



Terms of ReferencePage vi


provided. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP.

xliv. Public health implication of the project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocation.

9 Para 11

xlv. Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by project proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frame for implementation.

5 & 8 Clause 5.2 & 8.8

xlvi. Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia also include the impact due to change of land use, due to loss of agricultural land and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts of the projects.

4 Clause 4.1 & 4.6

xlvii. Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

5 Clause 5.1.2

xlviii. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.

2 Clause 2.6

xlix. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out. 6 Clause 6.3.7

EIA/ EMP REPORT



Content Page i

CONTENTS

Chapter no. Topic Page no.

Chapter 1 Introduction 1

Chapter 2 Project Description 11

Chapter 3 Description of the Environment 47

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 110

Chapter 5 Additional Studies 142

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 150

Chapter 7 Administrative aspects of EMP implementation 162

Chapter 8 Project Benefits 166

Chapter 9 Summary and Conclusion 172

Chapter 10 Disclosure of Consultant 174



Content Page ii

TABLES

Tables Title

Table 2.1 Production of ore (1994-2009)

Table 2.2 Diamond drilling executed by various agencies till 31.03.2012

Table 2.3 Proposed exploration programme from 124 mRL to (-) 120 mRL

Table 2.4 Level wise/Category wise ore Reserves as on 01.04.2012

Table 2.5 Proposed mine development 2013-14 to 2032-33

Table 2.6 Mine Production Program (including development tonnage)

Table 2.7 Licensed Capacity of Magazine

Table 2.8 Details of ventilation fans

Table 2.9 Availability of air in the u/g mine at different levels (upto -102 mRL)

Table 2.10 Waste generation till conceptual plan period

Table 2.11 Details of Man power

Table 2.12 Power requirement

Table 2.13 Explosive and fuel requirements

Table 2.14 Proposed storage of inflammable/ explosive

Table 2.15 Existing and Proposed water requirement

Table 3.1 Environmental components and methodologies

Table 3.2 Approximate landuse in study area

Table 3.3 Activity wise existing land utilization

Table 3.4 Summarized Meteorological data

Table 3.5 Wind frequency distribution at Kolihan

Table 3.6 Ambient air quality monitoring station

Table 3.7.1 Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment used

Table 3.7.2 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Table 3.8 Summarized Ambient Air Quality results

Table 3.9.1 Detailed Ambient Air Quality results for Main store (A1)

Table 3.9.2 Detailed Ambient Air Quality results for Tiba wali dhani (A2)

Table 3.9.3 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Bhargh ki dhani (A3)

Table 3.9.4 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Chirani (A4)



Content Page iii

Tables Title

Table 3.9.5 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Khetri Nagar (A5)

Table 3.9.6 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Kharkhara (A6)

Table 3.9.7 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Jasrajpur (A7)

Table 3.9.8 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Bagor (A8)

Table 3.10 Summarised Results of Work Zone Air Quality Monitoring

Table 3.11 Measured water levels in study area

Table 3.12 Water sampling locations

Table 3.13 Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW1

Table 3.14 Water Quality Criteria as per Central Pollution Control Board

Table 3.15.1 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW1




Table 3.16.1 Results of Mine Discharge Water Analysis for E1

Table 3.16.2 Results of Effluent Analysis for sample E2

Table 3.17 Ambient noise monitoring stations

Table 3.18 List of work zone noise monitoring stations

Table 3.19 Summarized Results of Noise Monitoring

Table 3.20 Ambient Air Quality norms in respect of Noise

Table 3.21 Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Table 3.22 Summarised Results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring

Table 3.23 Results of work zone noise monitoring

Table 3.24 List of Soil Sampling Locations

Table 3.25 Physical Properties of Soil

Table 3.26 Chemical Properties of Soil

Table 3.27 Available NPK contents in soil

Table 3.28 Exchangeable Cations

Table 3.29 Available Micronutrients in Soil

Table 3.30 List of plants found in the core zone

Table 3.31 Composition of forest in south eastern part of core zone



Content Page iv

Tables Title

Table 3.32 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in South Eastern Part of Core Zone

Table 3.33 Composition of Forest in South Western Part of Core Zone

Table 3.34 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in South Western Part of Core Zone

Table 3.35 Composition of Forest in North Eastern Part of Core Zone

Table 3.36 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in North Eastern Part of Core Zone

Table 3.37 Composition of Forest in North Wastern Part of Core Zone

Table 3.38 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in North Western Part of Core Zone

Table 3.39 List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Core Zone

Table 3.40 List of Plants Found in the Buffer Zone of the Study Area

Table 3.41 Composition of Forest ~1 km North of Core Zone

Table 3.42 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~1 km North of Core Zone

Table 3.43 Composition of Khetri PF, ~ 3 km South of Core Zone

Table 3.44 Phyto-Sociological features of Khetri PF, ~ 3 km South of Core Zone

Table 3.45 Composition of Kharkhara PF, near Khetri Copper Complex, ~ 7 km North-east of Core Zone

Table 3.46 Phyto-Sociological features of Kharkhara PF, near KCC, ~ 7 km North of Core Zone.

Table 3.47 List of Terrestrial animals found in the study area

Table 3.48 Demographic profile of the study area

Table 3.49 Details of village-wise demographic pattern

Table 3.50 Educational Status of the people of the Study Area

Table 4.1 Site elevation, Working depth & Ground Water Table (in AMSL)

Table 4.2 Stage wise land utilization (ha)

Table 4.3 Post mining landuse pattern (ha)

Table 4.4 Rain water harvesting

Table 4.5 Level-wise ventilation requirement for projected production levels

Table 4.6 Requirement of saplings for afforestation/ reclamation

Table 4.7 Major activities at the mining complex

Table 4.8 Category wise exposure assessment

Table 4.9 Pit safety committee

Table 4.10 Training imparted in last nine years

Table 4.11.1 Year-wise Accident Statistics for the Last Six Years



Content Page v

Tables Title

Table 4.11.2 Job-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years

Table 4.11.3 Cause-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years

Table 4.11.4 Injury-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years

Table 4.12 Annual budget for Occupational Health Activities

Table 4.13 Results of Periodical Medical Examination

Table 5.1 Peoples’ perception regarding the project

Table 5.2 Fitted Consumption Function

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Table 6.2 Coverage factor of Environmental Monitoring Programme

Table 6.3 Equipment required for Environmental laboratory

Table 6.4 Important reports to be maintained for EMP

Table 6.5 Cost of environmental protection measures

Table 7.1 Manpower requirement at EMC

Table 7.2 List of coordinating agencies, which may be involved for specific environmental activities

Table 8.1 CSR Activities by SAIL in nearby villages

Table 8.2 Village wise number of beneficiaries of CSR activities by KCC

Table 10.1 Details of sectors accorded to MECON under the QCI-NABET scheme for accreditation of EIA consultant organization

Table 10.2 Brief description of the Functional Area Experts of MECON working in the field of Environment

Table 10.3 List of Computer models for Environmental Studies

Table 10.4 List of major equipment at Environmental laboratory



Content Page vi

FIGURES

Figures Description

Fig 2.1 Demand and supply of copper for Kolihan Copper Mine

Fig 2.2 Water Balance

Fig. 3.1 Monthly variation of daily average maximum and minimum temperature

Fig. 3.2 Monthly variation of Rainfall vis-à-vis Potential evapotranspiration

Fig. 3.3.1 Wind Rose at Kolihan, Post monsoon '2012 (24 hours overall)

Fig. 3.3.2 Wind Rose at Kolihan, Post monsoon '2012 (Day)

Fig.3.3.3 Wind Rose at Kolihan, Post monsoon '2012 (Night)

Fig 4.1 Isopleths representing PM10 ground-level concentrations



Content Page vii

PHOTOGRAPHS

Photos Description

Photo 2.1 Rock bolting at Kolihan mine

Photo 2.2 Unloading of dumper in grizzly

Photo 2.3 Loading in process

Photo 2.4 Locomotive in operation

Photo 2.5 Surface stockpile at Kolihan

Photo 2.6 Loading at ropeway tubs at Kolihan

Photo 2.7 Bicable aerial ropeways to the concentrator plant

Photo 3.1 Typical View of the region (~ 1 km North of Core Zone)

Photo 3.2 Bird’s Eye View of Core Zone

Photo 3.3 Typical Vegetation in Kolihan Mine Lease

Photo 3.4 Small Green Bee-eaters in Core Zone

Photo 3.5 Jungle Babbler in Core Zone

Photo 3.6 Typical View of Vegetation in Kharkhara PF, ~ 1 km North of Core Zone

Photo 3.7 Typical View of Vegetation in Khetri PF, ~ 3 km South of Core Zone. Bansiyal PF visible in Background

Photo 3.8 Vegetation near Khetri Copper Complex, ~ 6 km North-east of Core Zone

Photo 3.9 Golden Backed Woodpecker in Buffer Zone

Photo 4.1 Plantation developed within Kolihan M.L.

Photo 8.1 Health camp in Kharkhara village doctor

Photo 8.2 Plantation by students of Banwas Govt. school

Photo 8.3 Community Development Program in Khetri village

Photo 8.4 Community Development Program in Banwas village



Content Page viii

DRAWINGS

Drawing No. Title

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1.1 Kolihan mine lease superimposed on toposheet

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1.2 Location of the Kolihan copper mine

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/2.1 Surface geological plan in the lease hold area

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/2.2 Geological section along 3500 latitude

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/2.3 Longitudinal section showing mine development [2013-14 TO 20117-18]

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/3.0 Existing surface features within lease area

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/4.0 Longitudinal section showing mine ventilation

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/5.0 Physiography of the study area

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/6.0 Drainage in the study area

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/7.0 Land use in the study area

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/8.0 Cross section showing 3rd phase development

MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/9.0 Post mining land use plan



Content Page ix

ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Title

Annexure – 1 Copy of Approved ToR

Annexure – 2.1 Copy of the Lease deed

Annexure – 2.2 Copy of the Forestry Clearance letter

Annexure – 2.3 Copy of declaration to this effect as per “Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006”

Annexure – 2.4 Copy of the Environment Clearance letter

Annexure – 2.5 Copy of declaration to the effect “whether the project falls in Aravalli and whether it is covered by the order of the Hon’ble Supreme Court dated 8.4.2005 in the contempt petition (c) 412/2004 in writ petition 202 of 1995”.

Annexure – 2.6 NOC for drawal of water

Annexure – 3.1 A location map authenticated by DFO, Jhunjunu

Annexure – 3.2 An authenticated list of flora and fauna

Annexure – 4.1 Subsidence report

Annexure – 4.2 Water resource management at Khetri Copper Complex

Annexure – 6.1 Compliance status of earlier Environmental Clearance

Annexure – 7.1 Corporate Environment Policy - HCL

Annexure – 10.1 Copy of the NABET certificate of the EIA consultant



Content Page x

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

AMSL Above Mean Sea Level

ANFO Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil

BDL Below Detection Limit

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

dB(A) decibels (A weighted scale)

DFO Divisional Forest Officer

DGMS Directorate General of Mines Safety

EC Environmental Cell

EC Electrical conductivity

EET Emission Estimation Technique Manual for Mining Version 2.3 (DEH 2001) (Australia)

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction

FDM Fugitive Dust Model

FDP Forest Diversion Proposal

g gram

d day

s second

GCA Gross Cropped Area

GLC Ground Level Concentration

ha hectare

HCL Hindustan Copper Limited

HEMM Heavy Earth Moving Machinery

HSD High Speed Diesel

HVAS High Volume Air Sampler

Hz Hertz

IMD India Meteorological Department

ISO International Organization for Standardization

ISC3 Industrial Source Complex Model, Release 3

KCC Khetri Copper Complex

KCM Kolihan Copper Mine

l litre



Content Page xi

hr hour

Leq Log equivalent

LSHS Low Sulphur Heavy Stock

m RL metre Reduced Level

meq milli equivalents

MEC Mine Environmental Committee

MIC Metal-In-Concentrate

ML Mining Lease

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. Of India

MPN Most Probable Number

Mt Million tonnes

Mt / y Million tones per year

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard

NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

Nm3 Normal cubic metre

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

NPI National Pollutant Inventory (of Australia)

OLS Ordinary Least Square

RSPCB Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board

PF Protected Forest

PME Periodic Medical examination

ppv peak particle velocity

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

QCI Quality Council of India

R & R Rehabilitation and Resettlement

RDS Respirable Dust Sampler

RF Reserved Forest

ROM Run of Mine

RPM Respirable Particulate Matter

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter

t tonnes

TARR Total Annual Replenishable Recharge

ToR Terms of Reference

UNFC United Nations Framework Classification

USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency

INTRODUCTION



Chapter 1Page 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The present report deals with the Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental management Plan (EIA/EMP) for the proposed expansion of mining from 1.0 Mt/y to 1.5 Mt/y at Kolihan Copper Mine of Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL). The lease area measures 163.23 ha and is located at Kolihan village of Khetri tehsil in Jhunjhunu district of Rajasthan. The report has been prepared in accordance with the procedure specified in the 14th September 2006 Notification of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) and related guidelines/circulars.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

As per Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986, new projects or expansion of any existing plant necessitates statutory prior environmental clearance. In accordance with the objectives of National Environmental policy as approved by the Union Cabinet on 18th May, 2006 and EIA Notification dated 14.09.06, EIA/EMP report is required for environmental clearance. In view of above, the EIA report for the expansion project has been prepared for prior environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). The EIA/EMP report will facilitate lease renewal and other related regulatory clearances as required, in addition to meeting HCL’s requirements.

The objective of the EIA study report is to take stock of the existing environmental quality, to assess the impacts of proposed expansion of mining and allied activities on the environment and to plan appropriate environmental control measures with a view to minimize adverse impacts and maximize beneficial impacts due to the project. The following major objectives have been considered:

Assessment of the existing status of environment.

Assessment of the impacts due to the proposed expansion project.

Pollution control and ameliorative measures to minimize impacts.

Action plan for implementation of suggested ameliorative measures

Monitoring programme to assess efficacy of the environmental control

measures

Assessment of financial considerations for suggested environmental

control plans

Clearances from statutory authorities



Chapter 1Page 2

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 The project

The proposed expansion of mining capacity at Kolihan Copper underground mines (lease area measuring 163.23 ha) envisages enhancement of copper ore production from 1 Mt/y to 1.5 Mt/y ROM at Jhunjhunu district in Rajasthan.

Environmental clearance was granted by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF) for production of 1.0 Mt/y ROM from Kolihan Copper Mines on 04.03.2009. In the expansion phase, existing infrastructure and other facilities will also be suitably augmented / modified.

1.2.2 The project proponent

Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL) is a Government of India undertaking under the Ministry of Mines. The company’s HQ is located at Kolkata. HCL is the only vertically integrated copper producer in India engaged in mining of ore followed by beneficiation, smelting, refining and manufacture of Continuous Cast Copper Rods (CCR). HCL incorporated in Nov., 1967 took over the plants and mine at Khetri, Kolihan in Rajasthan and Rakha Copper Project in Bihar (now Jharkhand) from NMDC. In 1972, Indian Copper Corporation Limited, which had been established in 1930 by a British company with a cluster of mines, concentrator plant and a smelter and refinery located at Ghatsila in Bihar (now Jharkhand) was Nationalized and made a part of HCL. HCL developed Malanjkhand Copper Project in Madhya Pradesh, the largest hard rock open cast mine in the country which was dedicated to the Nation on 12th November 1982. Further, in 1990 a Continuous Cast Wire Rod plant of South Wire Technology was commissioned at Taloja in Raigad District, Maharashtra.

Presently HCL operates:

Khetri copper complex (KCC) in Jhunjhunu Dist, Rajasthan comprising of Khetri, Chandmari and Kolihan Mines and a 2.40 Mt/yr beneficiation plant. KCC had a 31,000 t/yr copper cathode manufacturing unit (smelter and refinery) with an acid plant producing sulphuric acid as a byproduct whch has been closed since December, 2008.

Indian Copper Complex (ICC) in East Singhbhum District, Jharkhand comprising of Surda, Rakha, Kendadih and Mosabani Mines, a concentrator at Mosabani and 19000 t/yr copper cathode manufacturing plant, which also produces H2SO4 and Anode Slime [containing Gold (0.5 – 0.9%), Silver (4-10%), Selenium (20 – 28%), Tellurium (1 – 2%) and Nickel (0.4 – 0.8%)] as



Chapter 1Page 3

by products. Of the mines, only Surda is in operation; Rakha and Kendadih are being reopened.

Malanjkhand copper project (MCP) in Madhya Pradesh comprising of 2 Mt/yr open cast mine and ore beneficiation plant, which produces copper ore concentrate containing 25 – 28% Cu. Malanjkhand deposit with estimated reserves of 221 Mt contains ~70% of India’s copper ore reserves.

Taloja copper project (TCP) in Maharashtra for manufacture of 60,000 t/yr Continuous Cast Wire Rod plant

In order to increase the production of copper in the country, HCL is planning to increase the production from its existing Surda, Malanjkhand, Chandmari and Kolihan mines, reopen Rakha and Kendadih mines and develop a new mine, Siddheswar-Chapri, in Jharkhand.

1.3 BRIEF OF THE REPORT

HCL engaged MECON LIMITED as consultant for carrying out environmental baseline data generation and preparation of EIA / EMP report for the proposed expansion of Kolihan copper mine at Khetri.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The project has been considered by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF) for prescribing Terms of Reference (TOR) during the meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Mining projects) held on June 20 - 22, 2012 for preparation of EIA/EMP report for expansion of mining in respect of Kolihan copper mines. ToR was approved vide letter No. J-11015/61/2012-IA.II(M) dated 23-07-2012. Copy of the approved ToR is given as Annexure-1.

Terms of Reference of EIA study prescribed by MoEF

Based on the information contained in the documents submitted (Form-1, Pre-Feasibility Report & approved Mine Plan) and the presentation made before the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) for mining projects, the following TORs have been prescribed on 23rd July, 2012:-

i. Status of compliance of the earlier EC conditions along with supporting documents and photographs should be submitted.

ii. Year-wise production details since 1994 onwards should be given clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 coming into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

iii. A copy of the document in support of the fact that the proponent is the rightful lessee



Chapter 1Page 4

of the mine should be given. iv. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be

compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.

v. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area superimposed on High Resolution Imagery/toposheet should be provided.

vi. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

vii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/ procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

viii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given.

ix. Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report.

x. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

xi. Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary and national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated.

xii. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted.

xiii. Details of the land for OB dump outside the mine lease such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any should be given.

xiv. High Resolution Satellite Imagery of the proposed area clearly showing the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone) should be furnished.

xv. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any in the project area, or otherwise, based on land use classification (revenue record) as also in terms of the definition of forest as pronounced in the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the matter of T.N. Godavarman Vs. Union of India. In the event of any claim by the project proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above



Chapter 1Page 5

be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

xvi. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA). A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

xvii. Implementation of status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

xviii. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly detailed mitigative measures required should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

xix. The vegetation in the RF / PF area with necessary details should be given. xx. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the mining project on wildlife of

the area including on the elephant population and details furnished.xxi. A confirmation may be adduced, duly authenticated by the competent authority in the

State Government to the effect whether the project falls in Aravalli and whether it is covered by the order of the Hon’ble Supreme Court dated 8.4.2005 in the contempt petition (c) 412/2004 in writ petition 202 of 1995 in the matter of Godavarman vs Union of India.

xxii. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, if any, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above should be obtained from the State Wildlife Department/ Chief Wildlife Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and copy furnished.

xxiii. A detailed biological study for the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on primary field survey clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

xxiv. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.xxv. Issues relating to mine safety based on subsidence study should be detailed. The

proposed safeguard measure in this regard should also be provided.xxvi. R&R plan / compensation details for the project affected people should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R plan, the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs / STs and other weaker sections, need based sample



Chapter 1Page 6

survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirement and action programmes prepared accordingly integrating the sectoral programme of line departments of the State Government.

xxvii. One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2

and NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ data so collected presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.

xxviii. Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

xxix. The water requirement for the project, its availability and source to be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should be indicated.

xxx. Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the project should be provided.

xxxi. Details of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the project should be given.

xxxii. Impact of the project on the water quality both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required should be provided.

xxxiii. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed hydro geological study should be undertaken and report furnished. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

xxxiv. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

xxxv. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed, if any, in the project should be provided.xxxvi. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. should be

provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.



Chapter 1Page 7

xxxvii. Quantity of solid waste generation to be estimated and details for its disposal and management should be provided. The quantity, volumes and methodology planned for removal and utilization (preferably concurrently) of top soil should be indicated. Details of backfilling proposed, if any, should also be given. It may be clearly indicated that out of the total waste generated during the mine life, how much quantity would be backfilled and how much quantity would be disposed off in the form of external dump (number of dumps, their height, terraces etc. to be brought out).

xxviii. The reclamation plan, post mine land use and progressive greenbelt development plan shall be prepared in tabular form (prescribed format) and submitted.

xxxix. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the project in the present road network (including those outside the project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the increased load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered.

xl. Details of the infrastructure facilities to be provided for the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.

xli. Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Rehabilitation of mined out area (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

xlii. Phase-wise plan of greenbelt development, plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given.

xliii. Occupational health impact of project should be anticipated and preventive measures initiated. Details in this regard should be provided. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP.

xliv. Public health implication of the project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocation.

xlv. Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by project proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frame for implementation.

xlvi. Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia also include the impact due to change of land use, due to loss of agricultural land and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts of the projects.

xlvii. Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

xlviii. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by



Chapter 1Page 8

any Court of Law against the project should be given. xlix. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out.

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points should also be followed:- a) A note confirming compliance of the TOR, with cross referencing of the relevant

sections / pages of the EIA report should be provided. b) All documents may be properly referenced with index and continuous page

numbering. c) Where data are presented in the report especially in tables, the period in which

the data were collected and the sources should be indicated. d) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English

translation should be provided. e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as prescribed

by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted. f) Approved mine plan along with copy of the approval letter for the proposed

capacity should also be submitted. g) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and

instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry should also be followed.

h) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and the F.R for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.

The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

The prescribed TORs would be valid for a period of two years for submission of the EIA/EMP reports, as per the O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 22.3.2010. After preparing the draft EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006) covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will get the public hearing conducted and take further necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006.



Chapter 1Page 9

1.5 BASELINE DATA GENERATION, FIELD STUDIES AND SECONDARY INFORMATION COLLECTION

This EIA/EMP report has been prepared on the basis of one full season baseline environmental data monitored during post monsoon season (2012) covering three months (September,‘12, October,‘12 and November,’12).

The monitored baseline data includes micro meteorological parameters, ambient air quality, noise, water quality and soil quality. Site survey has been conducted also for studying the flora & fauna, socio-economic conditions including public consultation, land use, hydrology and hydrogeology, ecology etc. Input Information has been collected also from several agencies and departments, both under State and Central Governments.

The collected data have been analyzed in detail for identifying, predicting and evaluating the environmental impacts of the proposed expansion project. Potential impacts on environment have been assessed and suitable environmental management plan has been formulated.

1.6 REPORT COVERAGE

This report contains information on the existing environment and evaluates the predicted environmental and socio-economic impacts of the proposed capacity expansion of the mines. A detailed coverage of background environmental quality, pollution sources, anticipated environmental impacts (including socio-economic impacts) and mitigation measures, environmental monitoring programme, additional studies, project benefits, environmental monitoring plan and all related aspects have been covered in this report.

The report including this introduction chapter includes:

Project DescriptionDescription of the Environment Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Additional Studies

Public Consultation Social Impact Assessment Risk Assessment

Environmental Monitoring Programme Administrative aspects of EMP implementation Project Benefits Summary and Conclusions



Chapter 1Page 10

Disclosure of EIA Consultant.

1.7 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

MECON Limited wishes to place on record its deep appreciation for the trust responded in MECON.

MECON also wishes to place on records the courtesy and help extended by the officials of HCL, Kolkata and officials of Kolihan copper mines.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chapter 2Page 11


2.1 INTRODUCTION

Khetri copper complex (KCC), an integral part of Hindustan Copper Limited (Govt. of India undertaking), is the largest industrial establishment in the region. KCC was set up in 1967 at Khetri Nagar in Jhunjhunu district of Rajasthan with the aim of exploration, prospecting and mining of copper – it’s extraction, and manufacture of products and alloys. The ore production began in 1973 followed by a smelter in 1974 and a refinery plant in 1975. At present KCC includes a concentrator, a smelter, an electrolytic refinery and an acid plant along with all ancillary facilities. KCC has three underground mines at Khetri, Kolihan and Chandmari. The present proposal pertains to expansion of mining capacities at Kolihan mine.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

The project envisages expansion of Kolihan copper mine. The project falls under Category 'A' (Sl. no. 1(a) of Schedule: Mining of Minerals of the “List of project or activities requiring prior Environmental Clearance” of MoEF notification dated 14th September, 2006 in connection with Environment (Protection) Rules 1986.

2.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT

The major applications of copper are in electrical wires (60%), roofing and plumbing (20%) and industrial machinery (15%). Copper is mostly used as a metal, but when a higher hardness is required it is combined with other elements to make an alloy (5% of total use) such as brass and bronze. A small part of copper supply is used in production of compounds for nutritional supplements, fungicides in agriculture and anti-biofouling paints.

India’s copper resources are scarce, only about 1% of the world’s copper deposit. India has to depend on imports to meet its requirements of copper. The world copper market is extremely volatile and in periods of high demand prices shoot up by leaps and bounds.

There is a large gap between the demand and supply of copper. The proposed mining project aims to partially fill the demand – supply gap. Demand in Jaipur and nearby region is being driven by mega infrastructural projects and industrial expansion and modernization. Copper demand has been on an upsurge in the region due to the high rise demand in the building and construction, automotive



Chapter 2Page 12

and electrical industries and industrial development, resulting in regional growth. Copper consumption is expected to rise and its price ought to follow suit. Hence, a positive correlation between economic growth and copper demand can be observed. The proposed expansion of mine will encounter huge market demand presently, which can be analyzed by the demand and supply gap as shown below:-

Fig. 2.1: Demand and Supply of copper for Kolihan copper mine

The proposed expansion will bridge the gap between supply and demand of copper not only in the region but also at national level. This will also generate much needed employment to the local people. Economy of the region will get a boost and there will be overall growth of the region in terms of educational, health, training, transport and industry.

HCL will pay royalty for additional quantity of the copper to be produced from the mine; sales tax and other applicable taxes will be paid thereby contributing to the State revenue. The public revenue will further be put in public expenditure.

2.4 LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY

The Leasehold area is located at a distance of 10 km south of Singhana in Khetri tehsil of Jhunjunu district, Rajasthan. The Leasehold area is part of northern section of Khetri copper belt of Rajasthan. Main hill range in the leasehold area strikes NNE-SSW, located at the western side of half of the area. The hill range contains the host rock of copper mineralization. The lease area is covered under survey of India toposheet nos. 44 P/16



Chapter 2Page 13

at latitudes 28000’41.79’’ – 28°01’23.77”N and longitudes 75°45’50.99” – 75°46’54.08”E. The corner coordinates of the ML are as follows:

Lease corner points Latitude Longitude P 28001’23.41’’ 75046’54.08”Q 28001’23.49’’ 75046’38.33”R 28001’07.64’’ 75046’41.37”S 28001’07.80’’ 75046’12.07”T 28001’23.72’’ 75046’12.18”U 28001’23.77’’ 75046’03.03”V 28001’14.61’’ 75045’55.14”W 28001’14.61’’ 75045’55.14”X 28000’42.11’’ 75045’50.99”K 28000’41.79’’ 75046’48.11”

All corner coordinates of the mine lease area superimposed on toposheet as shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1.1.

Kolihan-Singhana road is 1.3 km from the mine site. SH-26 connecting Khetri nagar-Singhana-Narnaul-Rewari-Delhi is 13 km towards east from the mine site. SH-13 connecting Khetri nagar - Neem ka thana-Ajitgarh-Jaipur is 1.5 km towards east from the mine site. SH-17 connecting Khetri nagar-Chirawa-Jhunjhunu-Sikar-Jaipur is 13 km towards east from the mine site. Jaipur and Delhi are 165 km south and 185 km east respectively from the ML area. Nearest railway station is Nizampur on Rewari-Jaipur section and Chirawa on Loharu – Sawai Madhopur section of wastern railway. Nearest airport, Jaipur (Sanganer) is 160 km south from the mine. Location of the lease area is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1.2.

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.5.1 Leasehold Area

The Kolihan mining lease area (M.L. No. 08/95) is situated at the northern tip of the Khetri copper belt in Kolihan village, Khetri tehsil, Dist. Jhunjhunu, Rajasthan. Out of 163.23 ha of ML area about 161.83 ha is forest land. The mine being underground, out of the 163.23 ha area, only 13.24 ha has been utilized at surface till now.



Chapter 2Page 14

2.5.2 Production levels

Prior to 1994, the highest production of copper ore from Kolihan copper mine was 6, 29,000 tonnes/y (achieved in 1987-88). Year wise production of the mine since 1994-1995 to 2011-2012 is given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Annual production from 1993 – 94 to 2011 – 12

Year Production (tonnes/y)

Averagegrade Year Production

(tonnes/y)Average

grade

1993-94 5,27,176 1.31 2004-05 438424 0.94

1994-95 5,27,524 1.33 2005-06 491332 0.92

1995-96 5,49,373 1.21 2006-07 516726 0.95

1996-97 4,56,928 1.27 2007-08 5,17,369 1.07

1997-98 5,76,582 1.12 2008-09 5,17,800 0.96

1998-99 5,35,989 1.15 2009-10 4,19,133 0.87

1999-00 4,54,230 1.36 2010-11 4,90,151 0.96

2000-01 5,49,352 1.19 2011-12 4,86,286 0.88

2001-02 4,65,649 1.16

2002-03 470616 1.11

2003-04 481501 1.03

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

2.6.1 Statutory Clearance

Mining lease no. 08/ 95 of Kolihan Copper Mine was granted in favour of M/s Hindustan Copper Limited in 1966 for a period of twenty years for an area of 352.74 ha. 1st renewal was done on 24.11.1986. 2nd renewal was done on 26.11.1996, during that time 189.51 ha was surrendered out of the initially sanctioned Mining Lease area of 352.74 ha. The retained area thus, remains 163.23 ha only. Copy of the lease deed is enclosed as Annexure – 2.1. Validity of the existing mining lease shall expire on 20-11-2016.

Out of 163.23 ha ML area, 161.83 ha falls in protected forest land, which was already been permitted by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) for



Chapter 2Page 15

diversion in 1997 for non-forest purpose vide letter No. 8-5/97–FC dated 10.02.1998. Copy of the Forest Clearance letter is enclosed as Annexure – 2.2.

In and around the mine lease area, there is no dense forest with the frequent availability of water, whereupon any mankind can sustain for a long time. Therefore, no Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers can live freely by consuming little or no forest products. In view of this no Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers forest dwellers are seen residing in the leasehold area.

A declaration to this effect as per “Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006” is given as Annexure – 2.3.

HCL obtained Environment Clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi vide letter No. J-11015/378/2007-IA.II (M) dated 04.03.2009 for the existing lease area of 163.23 ha. Copy of the Environment Clearance letter is enclosed as Annexure – 2.4.

A confirmation duly authenticated by Department of Mines and Geology, Sikar, Rajasthan to the effect “whether the project falls in Aravalli and whether it is covered by the order of the Hon’ble Supreme Court dated 8.4.2005 in the contempt petition (c) 412/2004 in writ petition 202 of 1995 in the matter of Godavarman vs Union of India.” is enclosed as Annexure – 2.5.

2.6.2 Implementation schedule

Kolihan copper project is proposed to develop for the targeted production capacity of 1.5 Mt/y. Mine expansion is scheduled to commence in 2013-14 and the targeted production level of 1.5 Mt/y will be achieved in 2023-24.

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Expansion of mining capacities will be by trackless mechanized underground mine with transverse open blast hole stoping method using 165 mm dia. holes drilled from level to level / Drill Level to Extraction level. Ore beneficiation [not under the present scope] shall be done at KCC concentrator located adjacent to the production shaft of Khetri copper mine. From surface stockpile, ore will be transported by 7.5 km long bi-cable aerial ropeway to the concentrator plant.



Chapter 2Page 16


2.8.1 GEOLOGY

The area has been thoroughly studied and explored over a number of years. There are three striking ranges (NE-SW) separated by sandy plains within the lease boundary. The topographical analysis reveals that mineralized hill of the mine block trends N 18° E – S 18° W. The hill attains a maximum height of 670 m AMSL. Formations have steep dips varying from 65° to 85° due west.

In general, western slope is steeper, more rugged and difficult to traverse than the eastern gentle slope which finally forms a valley where mine adits/shafts and related infrastructures are located. The area is covered by thorny bushes mainly kickers and other jungle trees.

The eastern valley having the lowest level of 422 m AMSL rises gradually till the base of the hill while beyond this the rise is fairly steep. At the western foothill, the lowest level at the base is 460 m AMSL, joined with number of hillocks covered with sand dunes. The entire stretch of 2 km in the west, from foothill to Kharkhara (seasonal nala) is covered with sand dunes.

Regional geology

The rock of this area belongs to Delhi system of Precambrian age. The major rock formations of the region consists of metamorphosed arenaceous and argillaceous sediments with intercalated lenticular calcarious bands of comparatively smaller thickness and lesser continuity in strike and depth. They belong to Alwar and Ajabgarh series of Delhi system. Alwar series & Ajabgarh series are called Delhi Super Group; Geology of the region is given as under:-

: Ankerite. Chert, quartz vein, younger Intrusive : basic dykes : Older basic rocks DE : Quartzite, phyllite, schist.

AJABGARH L SERIES : Marble, calc. gneiss etc H : schist & phyllite I------------------------------- gradational contact -------------------------------------------- S : Amphibole, Quartzite, Amphibole gneiss, Marble / Schist



Chapter 2Page 17

Y : S ALWAR : Arkosic quartzite with intercalated schist & T SERIES : phyllite E : phyllite & schist M----------------------------------- base not exposed -----------------------------------------

The older formation (Alwar Series) predominantly comprises arenaceous rocks with relatively minor intercalated phyllite formations. While the younger (Ajabgarh Series) mostly consists of argillaceous rocks such as andalusite bearing schists, phylites, biotite muscovite schist, chlorite schist etc. interbeded with massive quartzite and marbles as subordinate members. The contact between the two formations is gradational. The meta sediments show current bedding, ripple marks and graded bedding. The regional strike varies from NNE-SSW to NE-SW with steep dip of around 650 towards NW. The rocks of Delhi system have been intruded by an earlier generation of basic rocks consisting of dolerite metamorphosed to epidiorites and amphibolites followed by acid intrusions of granites, pegmatites and quartz veins, which are succeeded by younger basic dykes.

Local geology

The major rock formations at Kolihan mine area are representing metamorphosed arenaceous and argillaceous sediments with intercalated calcareous bands. These rocks are intruded by younger basic rocks, acidic intrusions of granite, pegmatite and quartz veins. The succession of major rock units found in and around Kolihan mine area (from east/footwall to west/hanging wall) is given as under: -

Peak quartzite

Andalusite phyllite with intercalated

Ajabgarh Group bands of carbonaceous phyllite

Chlorite quartz schists

Delhi + Garnet and amphibole

Super

Group Alwar Group Amphibole quartzite

Feldspathic quartzite with bands of amphibole and marble

Amphibole quartzite and garnet chlorite quartzite / schist mainly host the sulphide mineralization.



Chapter 2Page 18

Except for the peak quartzite, which makes the crest of the western most ridges in the area under consideration, all the rock units in the Ajabgarh suit of rocks, are mostly argillaceous sediments metamorphosed to various degree of metamorphism, though locally they show quartzit’c nature.

The rock units of Alwar suit of rocks are mostly arenaceous though tongues and lenses of calcareous sediments have dominated the area locally giving rise to impure crystalline limestone / marble. The impure limestone / marble also shows magnetite rich patches surrounded by green or dark green amphiboles. The impure limestone / marble is conspicuously bordered for a fairly long stretch along the strike by dark green / black amphibolites on either sides. The amphibolites has also been observed in patches. Biotite vermiculite tourmaline rock has also been marked along the contacts of marble at places.Structurally the area is very complex. It has shear Jones parallel to strike, however some shears are also seen running across the strike. Small scale folds are observed in calcarious rocks. No major fault has been examined in and around Kolihan mine. Sulphide mineralization has mainly taken place along the foliation planes of schistose rocks. Plunge of the small scale folds trends towards at 100 -120 NE

Geological plan of Central block is shown in Drawing no: MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/2.1 and representative geological sections have been shown in Drawing no: MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/2.2.

Ore Mineralogy for 1.20% Copper Ore :

Chalcopyrite 4% Pyrrhotite 7% Magnetite 8% Silicate gangue 79% Others 2%

Chemical Analysis of Copper Ore:

The analysis of ore samples from Kolihan Mine is as below:

Bore hole no. UKK-03 Bore hole no. UKK-08Copper 1.50% 3.14% Iron 12.60% 13.00% Insoluble 61.56% 61.38% Sulphur 3.61% 5.39% Nickel 135 ppm 175 ppm Cobalt 56 ppm 155 ppm Lead 33 ppm 28 ppm



Chapter 2Page 19

Silver 3.2 ppm 3.5 ppm Gold 0.22 ppm 0.38 ppm

The above analysis has been undertaken at in house laboratory of Khetri Copper Complex, which has been approved by Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and Technology, Government of India.

Physical & Chemical Properties of Various Rock Units:

Quartzite: The quartzite making the western most ridge is hard, tough, massive, highly jointed with mainly five sets of joints. Megascopically the rock is fine to medium grained essentially quartzose in composition with occasional muscovite sericite mica present in it. The rock unit is highly fractured at places and the fractures are mainly occupied by limonitic matter and at places gossanised. These limonitic and gossanised matter appears to have been derived from leaching of sulphides. The rock unit comprises of Silica (around 85%), Magnetite (around 5%), Chlorite and Amphibole (around 5%) and others around 5%. Phyllite: Below the quartzite, the phyllites are exposed. Within the entire thickness of this, there is a variation in the textural and mineralogical composition. Phyllite, which is at the immediate contact with quartzite, is fine grained, gray to dark in colour with visible crystals of aluminium silicates minerals. This starts showing andalusite / chaistolite porphyroblasts towards the lower horizon and merges with andalusite / chaistolite phyllite. The metamorphic minerals observed under microscope are sillimanite, kyanite and andalusite, corundum, staurolite and garnet and amphibolites etc. This rock unit is composed of Silica (around 55%), Biotite (around 10%) Garnet (around 5%) and Sillimanite, Kyanite, Andalusite, Corundum, Staurolite (around 30%). Biotite Schist: There are few biotite schist bands of brownish red colour. these are observed in this block with perfect schistocity. Garnet is often present within biotite schist though it is more confined in the chlorite schist. The carbonates are well cleaved with brownish yellow in colour. The pale green amphiboles having large prismatic crystals with slight fibrous appearance are also associated with this. The biotite schists are melanocratic, medium grained with porphyroblastic texture, biotite is the major constituent and occurs as flakes and clusters. However at some places quartz predominates over biotite, forming biotite quartize. The other constituents are garnet, andalusite chlorite and amphibole. This rock unit consists of Biotite (60% - 70%), Dolomite (10%), Quartz (5%), Plagioclase (5%), Cordierite (5%) and opaque, Zircon, Saussurite, Sericite (around 5%). Chlorite Schist: These are two main bands along with several impersistant bands and few patches of chlorite – schist observed in this block. The chlorite schist as a whole is garnetiferous and forms major host rock for the copper sulphide mineralization. The rock in general is dark in color and has a perfect schistosity. Apart from the generally observed minerals like chlorite, quartz garnet, biotite and amphibole, andalusite, sericite



Chapter 2Page 20

ilmenite, magnetite, graphite, talc and tourmaline Crystals have been occasionally observed in the rock. This rock unit consists of Chlorite (60-70%), Silica (10%) and other dark minerals like micas, amphiboles etc. (around 20%). Banded amphibole quartzite: This rock unit is exposed on the eastern slope of footwall ridge of the main mineralized hill range. Sometimes cobalt mineralization occurs in the unit in the form of pin heads. The rock type shows white metallic lusture. The rock unit consists of Amphiboles (20-30%), Silica (30%) and others (around 10%). Feldspathic Quartzite: Bulk of this rock unit occurs in the valley and small hillocks on the eastern side. The rock unit is generally fine to medium grained, gray to brownish gray in color with ferruginous matter along cracks and fractures. Physically this rock unit includes a few sub units like arkosic quartzite, pure quartzite and tremolite magnetite quartzite. The rock comprises of Plagioclase (50 – 60%), Silica (30%) and other mafic minerals like chlorite amphiboles etc. (around 15%). Marble: This rock unit is leucocratic – mesocratic in color with course grained texture and weak schistosity. This rock unit consists of Dolomite (50%), Scapolite (40%), Biotite (5%) and others (5%).

Intrusives:

Amphibolite: Medium to coarse grained, dark green to black amphibolites has been observed in amphibole quartzite and feldspathic quartzite. The intrusive comprises of Amphiboles (85%), Silicates (10%), Chlorite and Biotite (5%). Quartz Veins: It has been observed that quartz vein have intruded almost all the rock types. These occur in different colours ranging from pure milky white to grey smoky and brownish. The phenomenon of pinching and swelling of veins is observed. The veins are highly fractured and jointed. Quartz vein consists of Silica (90%), Feldspar (10%).Carbonate Veins: Milky white to brown and buff colored carbonate veins have been observed more often in schistose rocks including phyllites and quartzites. This unit is also rich in Silica (50%), carbonate minerals (25%), others (25%).

2.8.2 COPPER MINERALIZATION

Copper mineralization occurs in the form of large and small ore lenses / lodes arranged in en-echelon pattern along the gradational contact between Ajabgarh and Alwar series of rocks. Mode of occurrence of copper mineralization is in the form of massive, stringers, specks, dissemination, clots, thin veins and lenticles. Major sulphide minerals are chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite and pyrite. Dissemination of sulphides are more prominent in the lodes occurring in amphibole quartzite. Pyrites and pyrrhotites are mostly found as irregular patches dissemination and veins. Stringers are aligned parallel to the foliation. Dip and strike of the lodes are broadly conforming to that of the host rocks.



Chapter 2Page 21

In kolikan mine two lodes have been identified, namely, HW lode and FW lode. HW lode is comparatively richer and occurs in chlorite-quartz schist / quartzite ± biotite, while, FW Lode is relatively poor in chalcopyrite content (rich in pyrrhotite content) and it is hosted by amphibole quartzite. Upto 246 mRL both HW lode and FW lode are extended along the entire strike-length of the deposit. But below 246mRL, FW lode pinches out in depth. HW lode continues in the depth with a better intensity of mineralization. The lodes are having comparatively gentler dip (65° to 85°) in upper level and steeper dip at lower levels. In general the grade of copper mineralization goes up with depth below 184m level. No appreciable effect of weathering is noted in the copper mineralization. Oxidized zones occur on the surface up to 15 – 20 m depth. Gossans outcrops are noted at places. Wall rocks of mineralization are generally competent.

2.8.3 EXPLORATION

Regional geological mapping was carried out by GSI from 1950 to 1962. Jaipur Mining Corporation took lease of the area and started from Titavali adit hanging wall side for a short distance (30m) and abandoned the work. Department of Atomic Energy (1962-69) did some prospecting for atomic minerals, they struck copper lode while drilling for atomic minerals. Indian Bureau of Mines did detailed prospecting, exploration and developed two shafts; exploratory level opened up at 424 m RL. by surface and underground diamond drilling. National Mineral Development Corporation (NMDC) took over the project in 1964 and did systematic exploratory work till 1967, when Hindustan Copper Limited came into existence in November 1967. In the meantime National Geophysical Research Institute, Hyderabad also carried out geophysical survey during 1964, and 1967. Diamond drilling executed by various agencies till 31.03.2007 is given in Table No. 2.2.

Table No. 2.2: Diamond drilling executed by various agencies till 31.03.2012

Agencies Number of Boreholes Meterage drilled Surface U/G Total Surface U/G Total

GSI 19 47 66 8348 3970 12318DAE 5 9 14 674 620 1294MECL 3 3 1450 1450HCL 18 951 969 7232 96234 103466Total 45 1007 1052 17704 100824 118528



Chapter 2Page 22

2.8.4 PROPOSED EXPLORATION

Future exploration shall be mainly underground diamond drilling, mine sampling and underground geological mapping, which will be undertaken from the proposed mine workings. During the plan period, it is proposed to drill long bore holes from underground (124 mRL) of the mine to establish depth continuity of the ore body at (-) 120 mRL and below along with definition drilling. The exploration proposed to be undertaken from 124 mRL of the mine to establish the continuity of the ore body at (-) 120 mRL and below is as given in Table No. 2.3.

Table No. 2.3: Proposed exploration programme from 124 mRL to (-) 120 mRL

(Fig. in m) Latitude Angle of

hole(Degree)

Lengthof hole

(m)

Ore body to be intersected at Year

3600 (-) 52° 230 30 m below (-) 64mRL 2013-14 (450 m) (-) 60° 260 50 m below “0’ mRL

3700 (-) 50° 210 20 m below (-) 64 mRL 2014-15 (1800 m) (-) 60° 240 58 m below (-) 64 mRL

3800 (-) 42° 160 57 m below 124 mRL (-) 58° 240 55 m below (-) 64 mRL

3900 0° 105 At 124 mRL (-) 19° 150 20 m below 124 mRL (-) 33° 145 40 m below 124 mRL (-) 46° 200 16 m below 64 mRL (-) 57° 250 8 m below “0’ mRL

3500 (-) 50° 180 35 m blow 64 mRL (-) 61° 250 20 m below “0” mRL 2015-16

(1785 m) 3400 0° 80 At 124 mRL (-) 20° 105 25 m below 124 mRL (-) 35° 125 45 m below 124 mRL (-) 50° 180 10 m below 64 mRL (-) 60° 250 55 m below 64 mRL

3300 0° 90 At 124 mRL (-) 23° 90 10 m below 124 mRL (-) 35° 120 15 m below 124 mRL (-) 48° 135 25 m below 124 mRL (-) 64° 240 At 64 mRL.

Total 4035



Chapter 2Page 23

The definition drilling is proposed to be carried out at every 25m strike interval from foot wall drive of the every level of 60m vertical interval. From each bore hole pocket 04 to 05 bore holes due west are to be drilled involving around 450m of diamond drilling.

2.8.5 ORE RESERVE ESTIMATION

The ore reserves estimation are made on the basis of the exploration data generated from surface and definition drilling. Cut off Grade: The lower limit of grade at which Geological Ore Reserves are calculated at Kolihan Copper Mine is considered at 0.50% Cu. Parting: Minimum parting of 10m thickness has been considered between two ore lodes to treat them as separate mineable ore lodes. If the parting is less than 10m, the ore lodes are merged and the two ore lodes are treated as one. Specific Gravity: An average in-situ specific gravity of ore zone is considered as 3.

2.8.6: Geological Reserves and Grade:

Ore reserves of the mine are categorized on the basis of degree of exploration and mine development / mining method, feasibility studies, and economical assessment are carried out, there after considering the market trend time to time. Safety aspects are also taken into account for exploiting the ore. Level wise/Category wise ore reserves in UNFC code as on 1.4.2012 are given below:

Table No. 2.4: Level wise/Category wise ore Reserves as on 01.04.2012

(Figures are in million tonnes X % of Cu) Level UNFC Code : 111 UNFC Code : 122 UNFC Code : 222 Total

306 mRL 0.10 x 0.97 - - 0.10 x 0.97 246 mRL 1.18 x 0.92 - - 1.18 x 0.92 184 mRL 2.67 x 1.17 - - 2.67 x 1.17 124 mRL 3.51 x 1.25 1.42 x 1.46 - 4.93 x 1.31 64 mRL 1.83 x 1.24 2.46 x 1.56 - 4.29 x 1.37 0 mRL - 3.72x 1.47 - 3.72 x 1.47 Below 0 mRL - - 0.81 x 1.34 0.81 x 1.34 Additional ore reserves of 64, 0, (-)64 and (-)124 mRL

- - 11.16 x 1.20 11.16 x 1.20

Total 9.29 x 1.18 7.6 x 1.50 11.97 x 1.21 28.86 x 1.28



Chapter 2Page 24

2.9 MINING

2.9.0.1 Existing:

Kolihan Copper Mine has been developed over a strike length of 700m and has eight levels at vertical interval of 60m viz. 424, 364, 306, 246, 184, 124, 64 and 0 mRL. The numbers indicate the height of the respective level above Mean Sea Level. The upper four levels viz. 424, 364, 306 and 246 mRL are exhausted and topmost three levels are isolated from rest of the mine. Production is going on in two levels namely 184, 124 mRL and Mine development is going on at four levels 184, 124, 64 & 0 mRL. Stope development in strike extension at 306 mRL and 246 mRL is also being planned to increase stope availability.

The main levels have been opened at 60 m interval from the main opening. Drives are developed in the footwall of the ore body. These footwall drives are generally kept 10-15 m away from the ore body. Borehole pockets in the footwall drives are made at 25m strike intervals. Detailed definition drilling for delineation of the ore body is done from the borehole pockets. Main footwall drive at every level is connected to the main ore pass. Approach to the ore blocks for extraction also developed from this footwall drives.

The mining is being carried out with the following methods:

1. The ore body is approached by an adit from the valley level (424 mRL) and from there an underground concrete lined Service – Cum – Production Shaft of 5.9m dia. has been sunk down to (-)102 mRL. The shaft is divided into two sections; one half is equipped with a pair of 6 tonnes capacity skips and the other half with a cage and counter weight. Rigid rail guides have been provided in both the sections for smooth running of the cage and skips.

2. The Decline with a gradient of 1 in 9, exits from 424 mRL to 102 mRL.

3. Service raise from 306 mRL to 0 mRL has been equipped with a separate ladder way.

4. Ventilation Raises at South and North extremities having a X-section of 4.5 x 3.0m.

5. New Ventilation adit with a X-section of 5.0 x 3.5m is at the southern extremity.

6. Ore pass with a diameter of 3.0m is from 364 to 0 mRL along with fork raises and grizzlies at working levels, and are equipped with Teledyne Rock Breakers.

7. Crushing system is installed at (-) 21 mRL.

8. Skip loading arrangements at are working (-) 69 mRL.

9. Spillage handling system exists at (-) 102 mRL.

10. Main sump is constructed at 184 mRL.



Chapter 2Page 25

11. Vertical interval between main levels is 60m. Details of various mine levels are given as under :

424 mRL 364 mRL Exhausted 306 mRL

246 mRL Production Levels 184 mRL 124 mRL

64 mRL Development Level

12. Waste pass from 306 mRL to 0 mRL (3m x 3m) for waste handling.

Existing surface features within lease area is shown in MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/3.0.

2.9.0.2 Proposed:

Mine development:

Primary and secondary mine development is required in the form of drives, cross cuts and raises etc. to bring the stopes to the production level. Necessary development is planned on the basis of geometry of the ore body obtained from the definition drilling and will be undertaken accordingly.

Production shaft is proposed from surface (460 mRL) to (-)220 mRL having 230 tph hoisting capacity, man winding and intake for ventilation air and the existing shaft will also be utilized for hoisting and intake of the air to the mine. The new production and service shaft winder will be utilized up to (-) 140 mRL and the existing shaft will be used for production hoisting from 0 mRL. The hoisting capacity will be 5000 TPD.

A decline from surface has been developed upto 74 mRL and the work is in progress to connect 64 mRL. It is proposed to extend the decline up to (-) 140 mRL to serve for man and material transportation and ventilation. This will be utilized as second entry in between levels and equipment and material transportation to various levels. The expansion work is scheduled to be completed up to 2019-20. Proposed mine development (in m) from 2013-14 till 2032-33 is given in Table 2.5:



Chapter 2Page 26

Table No. 2.5: Proposed mine development 2013-14 to 2032-33 Figures are in m

Year/Level

246 MRL

184 MRL

124 MRL 64 MRL 0 MRL (-)

64MRL(-)

124MRL3rd

phase* TOTAL

2013-14 670 580 1285 265 200 - - - 3000

2014-15 730 70 1800 240 160 - - 360 3360

2015-16 60 - 960 1980 - - - 230 3230

2016-17 - - 150 2850 - - - 220 3220

2017-18 - - 90 2910 - - - 500 3500

2018-19 - 444 120 1350 200 - - 1407 3521

2019-20 - 311 200 1350 440 200 - 852 3353

2020-21 - - 200 1350 1000 450 - - 3000

2021-22 - - 200 1350 1280 1000 - - 3830

2022-23 - - 200 1300 1920 1000 - - 4420

2023-24 - - 200 1250 1920 1360 - - 4730

2024-25 - - 200 1250 1920 1160 - - 4530

2025-26 - - 200 1250 1920 1560 - - 4930

2026-27 - - - 1250 1920 1560 200 - 4930

2027-28 - - - 1250 1920 1560 400 - 5130

2028-29 - - - 1250 1800 1400 400 - 4850

2029-30 - - - - 1400 1400 1200 - 4000

2030-31 - - - - 1600 1600 1200 - 4400

2031-32 - - - - 1600 1600 1200 - 4400

2032-33 - - - - 1600 1600 1200 - 4400

TOTAL 1460 1406 5805 22445 22800 17450 5800 3569 80735

*comprises of shaft sinking, cross cutting, decline and raising

Present production target is 0.6 Mt/y, which will be increased to 1.5 Mt/y by 2023-24. Year-wise production schedule for coming twenty years is given in Table No. 2.6.

Table No. 2.6: Mine Production Program (including development tonnage): Figures are in tonnes (rounded to thousands)

Year/Level

246 MRL

184 MRL 124 MRL 64 MRL 0 MRL (-)

64MRL(-)

124MRL Dev. Ore TOTAL

2013-14 38250 316250 185500 - - - - 60000 600000

2014-15 50000 274500 215500 - - - - 60000 600000

2015-16 150000 145000 245000 - - - - 60000 600000

2016-17 100000 - 380000 60000 - - - 60000 600000

2017-18 - - 380000 160000 - - - 60000 600000

2018-19 - 100000 380000 160000 - - - 60000 700000

2019-20 - 70000 380000 160000 - - - 90000 700000



Chapter 2Page 27

2020-21 - - 380000 220000 10000 - - 90000 700000

2021-22 - - 380000 480000 150000 - - 90000 1100000

2022-23 - - 380000 480000 220000 150000 - 120000 1350000

2023-24 - - 240000 480000 480000 150000 - 150000 1500000

2024-25 - - 150000 480000 480000 240000 - 150000 1500000

2025-26 - - 100000 480000 480000 290000 - 150000 1500000

2026-27 - - - 480000 480000 390000 - 150000 1500000

2027-28 - - - 480000 480000 390000 - 150000 1500000

2028-29 - - - 480000 480000 390000 - 150000 1500000

2029-30 - - - 450000 450000 350000 - 100000 1350000

2030-31 - - - 100000 350000 350000 100000 100000 1000000

2031-32 - - - - 400000 400000 300000 - 1100000

2032-33 - - - - 400000 400000 300000 - 1100000

TOTAL 338250 905750 3796000 5150000 4860000 3500000 700000 1850000 21100000

Ultimate depth and life of mine:

The tentative estimated geological ore reserves of the mine upto (-) 120 mRL as on 01.04.2012 is 28.86 Mt [@ 1.28 % Cu grade]. Mineable reserves: 21.13 Mt [@1.27 % Cu grade]. Annual planned production will reach 1.5 Mt/y in 2023-24. Production till 2022-23 is 7.55 Mt. Remaining reserves will be 13.55 Mt which will last another 10 years @ 1.5 Mt/y. Hence life of the mine is about 20 years.

2.9.1 Drilling and blasting parameters:

2.9.1.1 Drilling

A) Development Drilling

The drilling for lateral development is done. Raises are drilled normally by drop raising method with the help of long hole and large dia drilling. Holes for rock bolts are drilled by the Ingersoll-rand stoppers.

B) Production Drilling

(a) Open Stoping

Production drilling consists of 57 mm dia. holes through sub-levels which are drilled by BBC-120F.

(b) Blast Hole Stoping



Chapter 2Page 28

Production drilling consists of 165 mm diameter holes approximately 50m long. These holes are drilled by cubex machine using the hole hammers. The machine is capable of drilling vertical and incline holes upto 100m depth. Holes upto 150 mm diameter for raises are also drilled by WDS/DTH machines capable of drilling hole upto 60m length.

2.9.1.2 Blasting

Blasting is used for lateral development, Vertical development, sublevel stoping, large dia sub-level stoping and Boulder blasting.

Lateral Development Heading

Following parameters are being adopted.

Dimension of the face - 3m x 3m Type of cut - Burn out Depth of hole - 1.6 m Diameter - 33 mm No. of holes drilled - 53 Number of holes charged - 47 Detonators - Half second delay Powder factor - 0.32 cum/kg

Vertical Development Heading

Conventional Raising Dimension of the face - 2m x 2m

Depth of hole - 1.2 m Diameter - 33 mm No. of holes drilled - 37 Number of holes charged - 33 Explosives used - Slurry Quantity - 30 kg

Long hole Raising Diameter - 57 mm

No. of holes drilled - 17 Number holes charged - 16 Charge length - 2 m in each hole Explosives used - ANFO Average advance - 1.5 meter per round Blasting sequence - From bottom upwards after

drilling the raise to full height



Chapter 2Page 29

Large Dia Raising No. of holes - 5

Diameter of hole - 150 / 165 mm Charge length per hole - 105 meter after 1 bottom

stemmingAverage advance per round

- 2 meters

Explosives used - 125 m dia slurry/Emulsion cartridge

Conventional Sub-level Stoping Slot - 1 m burden, 1.2 m spacing

Rings in through and stopes 1.5 m burden and variable spacing from 1.8 m to 2.5 m

Charge length: - Depends upon the ring design and hole length

Explosive charge: - 2.2 Kg per meter of blast hole Explosive used: - ANFO with 100 g cast booster. Detonators used: - Anodet / Nonel Holes per ring: - 3-40 depending upon the

geometry of the ore body. Powder factor - 0.80 cum/Kg

Blast hole stoping Slot - 2.5 m burden, 3 m spacing

Large dia holes - Burden 2.5 m to 4 m, spacing 4.5 m to 7.2 m. Spacing x burden 18 sqm. 20% slurry / Emulsion and 80% ANFO.

Detonators used - Anodet / Cordtex Charge - 22 Kg/m – slurry: 18 Kg/m

ANFOPowder factor - 0.80 cum/Kg

Boulder Blasting (Secondary blasting) Type of explosive - 50 mm dia slurry

Detonators - AED Explosive per charge - 1 Kg No. of charge per round - Variable, may extend upto ten



Chapter 2Page 30

2.9.1.3 Storage of explosive

A magazine has been constructed for safe and secure storage of explosive for Kolihan mine. Location of the magazine is given in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/3.0. Details of the magazine at Kolihan copper mines are given below:

Table No. 2.7: Licensed Capacity of Magazine:

Sr.No.

Type of explosive Class Div. Sub Div.

Capacity Unit

1) License No. – E/HQ/RJ/22/271 (E40963) a) Nitrate mixture 2 1 0 5000 kg b) Quick Match fuse 7 3 0 4000 kg c) Detonating Fuse 6 2 0 30000 m d) Cord Relay 6 3 0 4000 m 2) E/HQ/RJ/22/267 (E40955) a) Nitrate Mixture 2 1 0 12000 Kg b) Detonating Fuse 6 2 0 1500 m 3) E/HQ/RJ/22/269 (E40958) a) Nitrate mixture, slurry and emulsion

explosive 2 0 0 12000 kg

b) Detonating Fuse 6 2 0 1500 m 4) E/HQ/RJ/22/266 (E 40951) a) Ordinary detonator 6 1 0 50000 nos. b) Instantaneous detonator 6 1 0 50000 nos. c) Half second Detonator 6 3 0 50000 nos. d) Detonating relay 6 3 0 100000 nos. 5) E/HQ/RJ/22/300 (E24516) a) Slurry explosive 2 0 0 1000 Kg b) Detonating Fuse 6 2 0 1000 M c) Detonators 6 3 0 3000 Nos. 6) E/NC/RJ/38/20 (E24855) a) Valid only for manufacturing of 25 kg of non-cap-sensitive explosive consisting of

Ammonium Nitrate or impregnated with mineral oil at any one time at the premises.

7) E/NC/RJ/25/28(E18720) License of Road Van (Explosive carrier) Permanent posts are constructed in the vicinity of the magazine and round the clock manning is done by the Jawans of local security force for adequate security.

2.9.2 Stoping Method:

Kolihan Copper Mine is an important captive underground mine of Khetri Copper Complex. There are wide ore bodies, having a strike length of 600m. The mining conditions like dip, thickness and host rock are very much stable for sublevel stoping method. Main levels are developed at 60m interval. There are 8 main levels viz. 424mRL, 364mRL, 306mRL, 246mRL, 184mRL, 124mRL, 64mRL and 0mRL. Levels 424,



Chapter 2Page 31

364, 306 & 246 mRL have been completely depleted and stoped out. Stoping operation is going on in 184 and 124 mRL; stope preparing work is also being done at 124 mRL. Primary development has already started at 64 mRL also. Under the expansion scheme stoping will be carried out till -124 mRL as shown in Drawing no: MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/8.0.

Blast hole stoping method have been adopted at Kolihan. In this method, a drill level is being prepared below the crown pillar of 15m. The size of the stope block is 30m wide along the strike which includes 15m stope and 15m pillar. Slot raise, stope, rib pillar and barrier pillar is drilled with 165 mm hole dia. drills. In this method trough, sill pillar and crown pillar drilling is done by BBC 120 F Drifter machine having 57 mm hole dia. drilling capacity. A slot raise is prepared within the stope limit connecting the crown level to extraction level. Slot raise is then widened upto 15m along width and height of the stope block. Stope rings are then blasted against the free face of the slot thus made. When blasting of the stope rings are completed, stope pillar rings are then blasted at a time. After recovery of the rib and crown pillar, the sill pillar is then blasted sequentially and extraction starts from HW to FW.

A. At Extraction Level:

i) F/W Drive (4m X 3m)

15 to 20 m horizontally away from the F/W contact

ii) Extraction X-Cut (4m X 3m)

iii) Trough X Cut (4m X 3m)

iv) Draw Points (3m X 3 m) 450 to the extraction X Cut

B. Crown / Drill Level:

i) F/W Drive (4m X 3m)

ii) Pillar X-Cut (5m X 3.2m)

iii) Stope X-Cut (5m X 3.2m)

iv) Slot Drive (5 m X 3.2m)

v) Pillar Drill Drive (3m x 3m)

2.9.3: List of Mining Machineries in use:

Most of the operations in Kolihan copper mine are mechanized. The extent of mechanization will remain unchanged during the expansion also.

01. Heavy Earth Moving Machine (a) Bull Dozer D-355A-3 (BEML) 02 (b) Front end Loader (Cat 966) 01



Chapter 2Page 32

02. Mechanical Loaders used below Ground (a) Load Haul Dump (LHD) 912 B 04 (b) JDT Dumpers 03 (c) EIMCO Loader 824 01 (d) PDT- EJC-417 02 (e) Atlas Copco ST 1030 01 03. Conveyers W L Nos. (a) Conveyor No1 (15 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 025 01 (b) Conveyor No2 (15 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 80 01 (c) Conveyor No3 (05 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 10 01 (d) Conveyor No4 (15 HP Induction Motor) 0.60 100 01 (e) Conveyor No5 (80 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 132 01 (f) Conveyor No6 (50 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 151 01 (g) Conveyor No7 (10 HP Induction Motor) 1.00 10 01 04. Winders H.P Nos. (a) Polish Winders ( DD 3000 Type Double

Drum) 533 01

(b) Koepe Winder ( 96-F-1 Type) 800 01 (c) Single Drum Winder 50 01 (d) Single Drum Winder 100 01 05. Crushers (a) Double Jaw Toggle Crusher 245 01 (b) Vibrating Feeder 40 02 (c) Electric Feeder 06 02 06. Locomotives

GPM Head(in m)

Electricity

(a) Maxflow Multistage Pump i. Centrifugal 500 300 250 HP ii. Centrifugal 250 150 60 HP

iii. Vogel Pump 250 240 60HP 07. Ventilation (a) Axial Flow Fan (Main/Auxiliary) Displacement Electricity

i. Main: SIRACCO (Axial Flow)

7500 m3 /min 1x175KW

ii. Booster: ----- do----- 1200 m3/min 3x50 HP iii. Booster : Type F/O/5811 1140 m3/ min 2x30 HP iv. Auxiliary : FLAKT – SF 400 m3/min 2x20 HP

08. Compressors



Chapter 2Page 33

Stationary cfm H.P i. CPT 740 170ii. K.G.Khosla 1070 250ii. K.G.Khosla 3500 800v. Kirloskar T 3000 4000 850 v. KB 1000 250

09. Teledyne Rock Breaker TM – 16 (180) 40 Indus MS 500 40

10. Others Machine Quantity Explosive Van 01 Water Tanker 01 Jeep 02 Tractor 01

11. Rock Drilling Machinery Quantity

(a) Jack Hammer Rock well 330 Rock Drill 15 (b) Long Hole Drilling Rock well RMS 46 feed Beam 03 (c) Large Dia. drilling Bore well equip0ment Pvt. Ltd 01 (d) Large Dia. drilling Dynatech Industries Pvt. Ltd 01 (e) Boomer Atlas RD 281,58.5 KW 01 (f) Boomer Sandvik DL 310 57 KW 01 (g) Hydraulic Drifter Sandvik DL 210 52 KW 01 (h) Stopers/ Air Legs Swastik 14 12. Mechanical Loaders used below Ground

LHD 912B 02LHD Eimco Mark-02 03

LPDT Sandvik 417 02LPDT Eimco 413 01Cavo Loader Rosava 01Loader 824 Rosava 01

13. Locomotive (a)Loco Motive OPEL 05 Tonne 0114.Ventilation

a. Auxiliary Fan 10 HP 04b. Auxiliary Fan 20 HP X 2HP 01

15. Mechanical Loaders used below ground (Hired upto 30th March 2013) a. LH- 307 02 b. EJC 30SX 02



Chapter 2Page 34

2.9.4 Ventilation System:

The mine is ventilated by two nos. double stage axial flow fans; one of these fans has been installed at 460 mRL on surface whereas the other at the mouth of the decline. Details of the ventilation fans are given in Table: 2.8. Total quantity of 14,560 m3 of air is exhausted per minute from the mine by these fans. In addition to these two main fans auxiliary booster fans have been installed at “0” mRL, 124 mRL and 246 mRL for better coursing of air at the working places, The intake air is coursing through 424 mRL , thereafter the production shaft up to the bottom most part of the mine where as the decline and the ventilation adit are main return air ways. Availability of air in the underground mine at different levels is given in Table: 2.9. Mine ventilation system is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/4.0.

Table: 2.8: Details of ventilation fans:

Decline 460 mRL

1. Quantity of air 7,500 m3/min. 12,500 m3/min.

2. Fan pressure 58.05mm of hg 64.00 mm of hg

3. Blade angle +150 +150

4. Prime Mover 175 kW 235 kW

5. Operating Voltage 3.3 KV 3.3 KV

6. Current 32 to 33 amps 44 to 45 amps

Table: 2.9: Availability of air in the u/g mine at different levels (upto -102 mRL) :

Sl.No. Level Intake from Production

Shaft (m3/min)

1 246 MRL 1,072

2 184 MRL 5,130

3 124 MRL 2,825

4 64 MRL 468

5 0 MRL 342

6 -21 MRL 432

7 -60 MRL 180

8 -102 MRL 228

Total 10,677

EIA/EMP R

© 2

2.9.5 Mi

Dsustload

2.9.6 Mi

Ore

O2syPtrofpa

Tcr

Report for Ex

2014 MECON Limi

ine Suppor

Drives upto upported bytations, grizong rock bodditionally s

ineral Tran

e Handling

Ore from the Cu yard bu

ystem of mirofile Dumpransporting tf roads, goroductivity ore broken by

The ore dumrusher at (-)

pansion of Co

ted, All rights rese

rt:

3.5m wide y 1.5m x 1zlies and pu

olts. During upported by

Photo

nsportation

stopes is loucket capacitning has be

per JARVIS the ore fromood ventilaof the mine. y Teledyne R

mped in the ) 21 mRL is h

opper Ore Min

erved

are suppor.5m grid paumping statthe expans

y timber choc

2.1: Rock

n

oaded by LHty and worken adopted CLARK (JDT

m stope to thation and w

The grizzlieRock Breake

ore pass is having a ca

ning from 1.0

rted in weaattern withions are susion phase, cks.

bolting at

D (Eimco -9ks on level g

for better pT-313) havinhe grizzlies. well maintaes measure 8ers installed a

transportedpacity of 40

0 MTPA to 1.5

ak zones. D1.5m long

pported byall working

Kolihan mi

12 B) into loround. At K

productivity ang capacity The perfect

ained equip850 x 850 mat the grizzli

d by a feede0 t/hr. The o

5 MTPA of Kol

Drives widerrock bolts.

y 1.2m x 1.2 areas and

ine

ow profile duolihan coppeand safe opeof 14 tonn

t layout, adements have

mm. Bouldersies.

er and a disore is crushe

ihan Copper

ChapPag

r than 3.5m Junctions, 2m grid by

stopes sha

umpers .LHDer mine traceration. Thenes are useequate X-sece improveds bigger than

sc screen oned to (-) 150

Mine

pter 2ge 35

m are sub-

1.5m all be

D has cklesse Low d for ctions d the n this

n the 0 mm



Chapter 2Page 36

size which passes to the surge bin having a capacity of 1000 tonnes. From there the ore passes to the measuring hoppers by a conveyor and to the automatic skip loading arrangements at (-) 69 mRL. The above existing system of ore handling shall be followed in the expansion phase also.

Photo 2.2: Unloading of dumper in grizzly

Photo 2.3: Loading in progress



Chapter 2Page 37

Photo 2.4: Locomotive in operation

Hoisting

The ore is hoisted by a pair of 6 ton capacity skips in balance which is operated by a 800 HP Koepe Winder. The skip loading/unloading system is fully automatic and is interlocked with each other. It is controlled by the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) installed at (-) 21mRL. The transfer cars and measuring hoppers are rubber lined for increasing the life of the equipment and reducing the noise level.

The ore from 424 mRL is loaded into a train of Granby Cars (10 tonnes) by means of pneumatically operated chutes and hauled to the surface by a 16 tonnes trolley wire Goodman Locomotive and dumped in the 300 tonnes RCC bin at the surface.

Ore from the surface RCC bin is conveyed to the surface stockpile (31000 m3 capacity) via conveyor belt rising at gradient of 1 in 4. Through another belt conveyor the ore is fed to the aerial ropeway system for onward dispatch to the mill for processing. The above existing hoisting arrangement shall be followed in the expansion phase also.



Chapter 2Page 38

Photo 2.4: Surface stockpile at Kolihan

Aerial Ropeway

The ore from Kolihan stock pile to KCC concentrator is taken with Bi-cable Aerial Ropeway 7.5 km long and having a capacity of 200 tonnes per hour (with 20 hour per day working, its installed capacity – 1.20 million tonnes/year). It is proposed to upgrade the Ropeway to increase the capacity to 250 tonnes per hour i.e. 1.50 million tonnes / year. Whenever there will be any breakdown in the ropeway system then the ore will be transported by road to maintain the supply of ore to the concentrator plant.

Details of Aerial Ropeway:

Type of Ropeway Bicable Ropeway Ropeway erected by Voltas Ropeway Commissioned by 1st Dec. 1973 Length of ropeway 7372 m Total Length of Haulage Rope 1500 m Type of Drive (Gravity/Mechanical) Mechanical Speed of Ropeway Two Speeds 1. Normal 2.8 m/sec

2. Slow 1.0 m/sec Time taken for each Round 90 minutes No of Sections 05 No. of Trestles 55



Chapter 2Page 39

Type of Bucket (tilting/bkt. opening) Tilting Type of Grip (gravity operated, spring operated, friction)

Friction

Spacing of the Bucket (designed) 70m, 25 Sec Weight of the empty Bucket 700 Kg Tension of the Rope

Full Side 50 T Empty Side 30 T Haulage 10 T

Capacity per Hour 200 T Diameter of the Driving Sheave 2550 mm Diameter of the Return Sheave 2550 mm Diameter of the Supporting Pulley 377 mm Diameter of the Tensioning Pulley Full side of the track rope

2550 mm

Diameter 54 mm Weight 16.9 Kg/m Tension Weight 64000 Kg. Empty side of the Track Rope Diameter 32 mm Weight 5.71 Kg/m Tension Weight 22500 Kg Haulage Rope Diameter 28 mm Weight 5.71 Kg/m Tension Weight 5500 Kg Maximum Reduction in rope dia. allowed 10 % Maximum Reduction in crown wire dia. Allowed

35 %

Minimum permissible dia. allowed in grip 26.5 mm Permissible Reduction in Strength Permissible Cross wind Velocity

10 %

EIA/EMP R

© 2

Report for Ex

2014 MECON Limi

Photo

pansion of Co

ted, All rights rese

Photo 2.5

2.6: Bicab

opper Ore Min

erved

5: Loading a

ble aerial ro

ning from 1.0

at ropeway

opeways to

0 MTPA to 1.5

y tubs at K

o the conce

5 MTPA of Kol

olihan

entrator pla

ihan Copper

ChapPag

ant

Mine

pter 2ge 40



Chapter 2Page 41

2.9.7 Use of Mineral

Presently, ore produced from Kolihan copper mine is treated in the concentrator plant of Khetri Copper Complex. The plant was commissioned in July 1973. It is designed to treat 1% copper ore. The recovery is 90% copper from the ore. The concentrate grade is from 14 to 16% copper. The concentrate is further fed to smelter for further processing.

2.9.8 Waste and Sub grade material

2.9.8.1 Existing:

The waste generated during mining operations consists of amphibolite quartzite, felspathic quartzite, metabasic dyke etc., which are devoid of copper mineralization. It does not contain any toxic substance. Till now 2, 10,000 tonnes of waste rock has been generated and stacked in the waste rock yards.

Waste material is hoisted to surface through service shaft. Waste generated in different development faces is transported to designated waste dump raises. From these raises, it is filled in Granby cars for taking out to surface through service shaft. Service shaft is equipped with 400 KW double drum winder. It has cage and counter weight. Service cum production shaft is circular 5.9m dia. and can accommodate one GB, filled up with waste rock for hoisting through shaft. On the surface, waste rocks are carried to dump through loco. From where it is filled in the dumpers to dump systematically in the waste yard site located in the barren land within the lease area. Location of the existing dump is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/3.0.

In Kolihan mine, there are three demarcated waste dumping site

(i) Waste dump at 486 mRL (Adit mouth) - 0.23 ha. (ii) Dumping site near surface crusher – 0.48 ha. (iii) Main waste dumping site near Central Office – 0.93 ha.

Dumping site No. (i) and (ii) are non-active now and have been biologically reclaimed. The quantity of waste in both of these locations is around 10,000 tonnes. At present, waste dumping is being done at location No.(iii) containing about 0.21 million tonnes of waste rock.



Chapter 2Page 42

2.9.8.2 Proposed:

The anticipated waste generation till conceptual plan period is given in Table 2.10.

Table: 2.10: Waste generation till conceptual plan period:Year Anticipated Waste

Generation 2013-14 20,725

2014-15 25,472 2015-16 22,525 2016-17 20,707 2017-18 26,056 2018-19 39,771 2019-20 34,009 2020-21 24,908 2021-22 28,851 2022-23 27,355 2023-24 28,502 2024-25 23,278 2025-26 25,428 2026-27 28,578 2027-28 31,728 2028-29 30,223 2029-30 25,654 2030-31 27,804 2031-32 23,655 2032-33 23,655

TOTAL 5,38,883

Out of total 5,38,883 m3 waste rock generation, 50% waste rock, which amounts to 2,69,442 m3 will be dumped into underground open stopes and remaining 2,69,441 m3

will be hoisted through shaft to ultimately dump into the dumping yard, situated nearby, over 1.64 ha rocky barren land.

2.9.9 Stowing

As the stopped out area is filled automatically by caving of the cap rock material, there will not be any requirement of stowing. Further, as the ore body is nearly vertical, the stopes and pillars of the lower levels lie almost below the stopes and pillars of the upper levels. Therefore filling of the stopes will be natural as soon as the rib and crown pillars are blasted.



Chapter 2Page 43

2.10 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

Manpower:

Manpower details of existing and proposed man power (tentative) for expansion is given in Table 2.11.

Table No. 2.11: Details of Man power Sl.No.

Stage Man power

1. Existing (as on 01.04.2013) 879 2. Proposed (Additional) 252

Power supply:

The estimated peak power demand for the expanded mine is 3.5 MW. The power shall be drawn from the grid. Total power requirement of existing as well as the expanded mine is given in Table 2.12.

Table No. 2.12: Power requirement

Sl. No. Stage Power

demand (MW)RSEB (Source)

1. Existing 3.50 2. Proposed (Additional) 0.75

Explosives and fuel requirement

Explosive and fuel requirement and storage for existing and proposed expansion are given in Table No. 2.13 and 2.14 respectively.

Table 2.13: Explosive and fuel requirementsSl. No. Type Existing Proposed

1. Explosives (t/y) 250 375 2. HSD (kl/y) 300 450



Chapter 2Page 44

Table 2.14: Proposed storage of inflammable/ explosive

Sl. No. Type No. of

storage Consumption Max. quantity at

any point of time 1. Explosives 02 375 t/y 2 t 2. HSD 07 1.5 kld 12kl

Water requirement and source

At present peak water demand of the Kolihan copper mine (including township) is 1150 m3/d which is expected to be 1200 m3/d during the expansion phase. Of this 400 m3/dof fresh water will be drawn from well in Kharkhara. 200 m3/d of mine seepage water and balance 300 m3/d of water will be met by recycled water. Activity wise water requirement is given in Table 2.15. It can be seen that water demand for industrial usage is increasing from 490 m3/d to 700 m3/d. Water balance is shown in Fig. 2.2.

There are two water storage tanks at Kolihan Copper Mine. High level tank of 800 m3

capacity is situated on the hill top at around 1.0 km north of Kolihan Copper mine main gate. Another tank of 500 m3 capacity is situated near the Kolihan residential colony.

Residential colony tanks supply drinking water to colony. Other areas viz. mine surface, CISF residence cum colony / central office, underground mine and compressors get water supply from high level tank (800 m3).

Table2.15: Existing and Proposed water requirement

Purpose Peak demand (m3/d)Existing Proposed

A Mine site 1 Mine Operation * 250 300 2 Dust suppression at surface - 1003 Workshop 200 100 4 Compressor cooling 40 200

B Township ** 660 300 C Green Belt - 200Total 1150 1200

* including drinking and dust suppression u/g.** including CISF & Central office



Chapter 2Page 45

Fig: 2.2 Water Balance:

Application for water drawl permission for (400 m3/day) is given as Annexure – 2.6

1. Figures are in m3/d2. Figures are peak daily water demand. 3. Water demand is inclusive of losses (wherever not specified exclusively)

Mine dischage water200

Settling Tank

Recycled: 100

Loss

(40)240

200

100

Surface Tank600

Well in Kharkhara area 400

Discharge

Source Fresh water: 400Mine water: 200

Recycle:600Demand:1200

Recycle / Reuse

Equipment/vehicle Washing/WorkshopSource: 100

Other mining activities

+ Fire fighting:100

Discharge: 0

DemandSource

Source: 300

Dust SupressionSource: 0

Recycled: 200

Source: 0

Afforestation & Green Belt Development

Domestic usage in township

Source: 300

200

Oxidation Pond

Source: 200

Compressor Cooling

300

100

50

200

150

300

300



Chapter 2Page 46

2.11 TOWNSHIP

Kolihan Township is located outside the mine lease at a distance of about 1.75 km from the mine. Kolihan Township has 785 dwelling units and the township is spread over 16.473 ha. No expansion in the townships would be required for the expansion.

2.12 AUXILLIARY SERVICES

The mining complex hosts’ facilities viz. canteen, first–aid centre, vocational training centre, R&D wing etc. and also Administration block, workshop, fuel pump station and a medical unit.

2.13 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

The technology envisaged for the project is proven. The technology is not new, easily available and working successfully in the vicinity of the project and elsewhere.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT



Chapter 3Page 47

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

PROJECT SITE AND STUDY AREA

The mine lease of Kolihan copper mine has been designated as the Core Zone. The area encompassing 10 km from the boundary of the mine lease has been defined as the Buffer Zone for the present study. The location of the study area is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/1.0.

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND METHODOLOGY

Baseline conditions of various environmental attributes in core zone and buffer zone of the project site has been carried out by conducting field monitoring for baseline data generation covering air quality, noise levels, water quality, soil, ecology and socio-economic features. The environmental attributes studied and the methodologies followed for the preparation of EIA report are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Environmental Components and the Methodologies Sl.No

EnvironmentalComponents

Area Parameters Methodology

1. Air Core zone & Buffer zone

Meteorology (Wind speed & direction, RH, temp, cloud cover)

Field Monitoring

[Monitoring procedure as per cl. B (7.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

Ambient Air Quality (PM10, SO2,& NOx)

Field Monitoring

[Monitoring procedure as per cl. B (1.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (1.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

Noise Levels Field Monitoring

[Monitoring procedure as per cl. B (6.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

2. Water Core zone & Buffer zone

Water Quality Surface (parameters as per IS: 10500) Ground (parameters as per IS: 10500)Effluent (parameters as per General standards for

Field Monitoring

[Sampling procedure as per cl. B (4.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (2.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON : No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]



Chapter 3Page 48

Sl.No

EnvironmentalComponents

Area Parameters Methodology

discharge of environmental pollutants to inland surface water as prescribed by MoEF)

Ground water regime Water level measurement in pre and post monsoon seasons

Surface water Water flow measurement in lean season at intake point

3. Soil Core zone & Buffer zone

Soil Quality (pH, Elect. Conductivity, texture, NPK, Exch. cations, micronutrients)

Field Monitoring

[Sampling procedure as per cl. B (5.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (3.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

4. Ecological attributes including wildlife

Core zone & Buffer zone

Flora & Fauna Field Study / Secondary Data

[Monitoring/Survey procedure as per cl. B (8.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (4.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

5. Socio-economic attributes

Core zone & Buffer zone

Parameters related to Socio-economic aspects (agricultural situation, employment, income, consumption and saving etc)

Field Study (Public Consultation through questionnaire survey) / Secondary Data

[Monitoring/ Survey procedure as per cl. B (9.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (5.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

6. Work Zone environment

Core zone Parameters related to work zone air quality (SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx)Work Zone Noise

Field Monitoring [Monitoring procedure as per cl. B (2.0) and analysis as procedure per cl. A (1.0) of Laboratory Analytical Manual of MECON: No. 11.S2. LAB MANUAL. BS. 01, Ed: 0, Rev: 0]

7. Land use Core zone & Buffer zone

Land cover categories as per LUSS

Satellite Image processing

8. Ground vibration Core zone Blast vibration study Field Monitoring



Chapter 3Page 49

3.1.1 Study period

Baseline environmental data generation for air, water, noise and soil quality in the core and buffer zones of the defined study area was carried out for one full season covering three months of Post monsoon, 2012 (September ’12, October ’12 and November ’12). Flora, fauna, hydrogeology, Socio-economics were also studied during the same period.Water quality was monitored in Post monsoon season (Oct.,’12) and Pre monsoon season (April,’13).

3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.2.1 General Climate

The study area lies in hot arid region with “extreme” climate; this region mostly remains dry with very hot summers and cool winters. Summer is typically from March to June when monthly temperature ranges from a maximum of 48°C during daytime to a minimum of 22°C at night. Winter is from November to February when the maximum temperature during day goes up to 28°C and minimum temperature at night becomes as low as 2°C as per records of nearest India Meteorological Department (IMD) observatory at Pilani. Long term average of Monthly variation of daily maximum and minimum temperature as recorded at IMD, Pilani (about 50 km away) is illustrated as Fig.3.1.



Chapter 3Page 50

Fig. 3.1: Monthly variation of daily average maximum and minimum temperature

Source : Climatological Tables and Observations in India, India Meteorological Department, Pilani

The average annual rainfall as recorded at IMD observatory (~45 km) at Pilani is 958.5 mm. The Southwest monsoon lasts from July to mid September and the area gets more than 80% of the annual rainfall during this period. Monthly Variation in rainfall vis-a-vis potential evapotranspiration as recorded at IMD’s observatories at Pilani is illustrated as Fig.3.2.

Fig. 3.2: Monthly variation of Rainfall vis-à-vis Potential evapotranspiration

Source : Climatological Tables and Observations in India, India Meteorological Department, Pilani

0

50

100

150

200

250

Rainfall/PE

T(mm)

Month

Rainfall (mm)

PET (mm)

EIA/EMP R

© 2014 MECON

3.3.2 P

TSroroaathraTdmnest

eport for Exp

N Limited, All right

Physiograp

The study aShekhawati ock and a tocks. In thbout 400mltitudes as he Kantli rianges. In t

The semi derained by

most of wharrow butscarpmentstream in th

Photo 3

ansion of Cop

ts reserved

phy & Dra

area consishill ranges

thin veneerhe North Eam AMSL to

low as 300iver at Gurhis mountaesert Shekhthe Kantli

hich disappt steep ras formed by

he study are

3.1: Typica

pper Ore Mini

inage

sts of two s with steer of soil resastern part750m AMS0m AMSL. Trha, Ponk aainous tracthawati areariver, Kharear into sa

avines. They presentatea.

al View of t

ing from 1.0 M

great planep slopes. Mstricted to st of the ShSL whereas The area geand Kho ant, summits a slopes rerkhara and and. The he tops of tion of qua

the region (

MTPA to 1.5 M

es separateMost of thesoft rock suhekhawati h

the alluviuenerally risnd at Raghrise at plac

egionally towsmall stre

hill range ithe rang

rtzites. The

(~ 1 km No

MTPA of Kolih

ed by the e slopes arurface or shills, altitudum coveredes in the S

hunathgarhces to abouwards Nortams and tis intricateles are chere is no pe

orth of Core

han Copper M

Chapter 3Page 51

NE-SW trae virtually mall crevicedes range d valleys aSouthern pa

in the Maut 1000m Ath West anheir tributaly dissectedharacterisederennial rive

e Zone)

Mine

ading bare es in from re at art of lkhet MSL.

nd its aries, d by d by er or



Chapter 3Page 52

There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, and Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed) within 10 km of the mine lease. In this regard, a location map authenticated by DFO, Jhunjunu is given in Annexure – 3.1. Also, there are no archeological sites, defense installations and airports within 10 km periphery of the lease area. The area is located in Seismic Zone III and is not a landslide prone zone. Physiographical features of the study area are shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/5.0.

In the lease area, there are three NE-SW striking hill ranges separated by sandy plains. Towards west, falls the eastern foot-hills of Makro Hill range. The central hill range contains copper mineralization. This hill range is separated by Kharkhara valley from Makro Hills. On eastern side, there is magnetite-quartzite hill of moderate height/ elevation separated by the valley where different processing plants, stores, and administrative building etc. The slopes of the hills are very steep with talus and little soil cover. The southern part of Kolihan mining Lease is a hilly terrain, whereas the northern part is soil covered plain area. The highest point of the area is 555m AMSL and the valley level is around 350m AMSL.

Rainfall in the area being scanty in this arid region surface water sources are only a few. As such there is no perennial surface water body in the study area. However, there are two seasonal nallahs, namely Kharkhara in the west and Sukh nadi in the east w.r.t the mine lease. Natural flow of water in the drainage system of this area has a trend towards NE. Drainage features of the study area are shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/6.0.

3.3.3 Land use

Land use in the study area

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through satellite image processing (Resourcesat LISS IV, March 2012) with satellite data of 5.5 m resolution. Existing land use in the study area is given in Table 3.2.



Chapter 3Page 53

Table 3.2: Approximate land use in Study Area Land use category Area (sq. km.) Percentage

1. Built up area Rural Urban

4.275.41

1.181.49

2. Agricultural land 158.24 43.553. Waste land 60.78 16.734. Forest land

Open forest Scrub

0.05130.62

0.0135.95

5. * Surface water bodies 1.07 0.296. Industrial 0.83 0.237. Mining activity area 2.08 0.57* Almost remain dry through out the year

The table shows that predominant landuse in the study area is agricultural land (43.55%) followed by scrub (36%). Waste land covers 16.73%, built up areas cover 2.67% and surface water bodies cover 0.29% of the study area. Industrial and mining activities spread over an area of about 0.8%. Land use coverage in the study area is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/7.0.

Land Use in the Lease Area Activity-wise existing land utilisation is given in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3.: Activity wise existing land utilisation

Sl. No. Activities Area (ha) Percentage

1 OB / Waste dump 1.64 1.00

2 Infrastructure (Admn. buildings, workshops etc.) 4.07 2.49

3 Roads 1.59 0.97

4 Green belt 1.00 0.61

5 Railways 0.11 0.07

6 Mineral storage 0.30 0.18

7 Protected area for anticipated subsidence 5.53 3.39

8 Balanced unused land 148.99 91.89

Total 163.23

Table 3.3 indicates that at present only about 8% of the lease area has been utilized for mining activities.



Chapter 3Page 54

3.4 BASELINE DATA GENERATION / ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

Establishment of the baseline conditions of various environmental attributes in the study area and at the project site has been carried out by conducting field monitoring for baseline data generation covering meteorology, air quality, noise levels, water quality, soil, ecology and socio-economic features. Besides, additional data /information regarding water availability at streams, ground water levels in wells, ecology, demographic pattern and socio-economic conditions were collected from various Central and State Government agencies.

3.4.1 Meteorology

Prevailing micro-meteorological conditions at site regulate the dispersion (and hence dilution) of air pollutants in the atmosphere. Therefore study of meteorological conditions is an integral part of environmental impact assessment. Micro-meteorological conditions of the study area was monitored at Tiba wali dhani (near Kolihan Nagar) at a distance of about 300m outside the lease area in east direction. The location of the meteorological station is marked in Drawing No. MEC/G23J/11/S2/(7)/5.0. The following parameters were recorded at hourly intervals continuously during the monitoring seasons:

Wind speed Wind Direction

Air Temperature Relative humidity

Table 3.4 gives the summary of meteorological data collected at Kolihan during post monsoon 2012.

Table 3.4: Summarised Meteorological Data Sept. 2012 Oct. 2012 Nov. 2012

1. Wind speed (Km/h)

Max. 11.5 12.7 4.4

Min. <1.8 <1.8 <1.8

2. Temperature (°C)

Max. 39 39.5 32.3

Min. 20 12 12.2

Mean 30.1 26.17 21.5

3. Relative humidity (%)

Highest 99.6 97.1 97.6

Lowest 23.2 17 24

4. Rainfall (mm) Total 20 2 0

24 hr highest 10.5 0.5 0



Chapter 3Page 55

No. of rainy days 2 1 0

5. Cloud cover (Oktas) 3 0.5 0

Annual rainfall is 958.5 mm and no. of rainy days: 29.8 at IMD observatory, Pilani

Wind frequency distribution as monitored at Tiba wali dhani (near Kolihan Nagar) is given at Table 3.5.

From wind frequency measurement of Kolihan, it was observed that during day time the predominant wind direction was found to be NNW (prevailing for about 15.30% of the time) followed by WSW (9.22%) and W (6.95%). Calm conditions prevailed for 36.76% of the time. During night time the predominant wind direction was found to be WSW (7.74%) followed by W (6.16%) and ESE (1.57%). Calm conditions prevailed for 78.90 % of the time. Overall (24 hours) also the predominant wind direction was found to be WSW (prevailing for about 8.43% of the time) followed by NNW (8.36%) and W (6.34%). Calm conditions prevailed for 55.52% of the time.

Table 3.5: Wind Frequency Distribution at Kolihan A. 24 hours Overall

Direction Velocity Ranges (km/h)

Sum % >1.8 - 3.6 > 3.6 – 7.2 > 7.2 - 14.4 >14.4 - 28.8 > 28.8

NNE 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00NE 2.88 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.72ENE 1.94 1.51 0.72 0.00 0.00 2.23E 3.89 1.87 2.01 0.00 0.00 3.96ESE 0.64 1.08 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.09SE 1.94 0.64 0.57 0.00 0.00 1.22SSE 1.00 0.21 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.72S 1.00 0.14 0.28 0.00 0.00 0.43SSW 2.01 0.00 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.07SW 1.51 0.28 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.43WSW 2.73 1.94 3.38 0.00 0.00 8.43W 5.55 2.09 4.03 0.00 0.00 6.34WNW 3.53 1.15 1.22 0.00 0.00 2.66NW 6.48 0.93 2.30 0.00 0.00 3.31NNW 9.94 2.52 5.47 0.00 0.00 8.36N 9.15 1.00 0.72 0.00 0.00 1.94Sum % 56.42 16.08 22.41 0.00 0.00 42.91CALM % (V< 1.8 km/h ) = 56.52



Chapter 3Page 56

B. Day Time (0600 – 1800 Hrs.)

Direction Velocity Ranges (km/h) Sum % >1.8 - 3.6 > 3.6 – 7.2 > 7.2 - 14.4 >14.4 - 28.8 > 28.8


C. Night time (1800 – 0600 Hrs.)

Direction Velocity Ranges (km/h)

Sum % >1.8 - 3.6 > 3.6 – 7.2 > 7.2 14.4 >14.4 - 28.8 > 28.8




Chapter 3Page 57

Figs. 3.3.1, 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 show the wind-rose diagrams of sunmer season at Tiba wali dhani (near Kolihan Nagar) separately for 24 hours overall (day-night), day and night time respectively, based on the monitored data.

Fig.3.3.1: Wind Rose at Kolihan, Post monsoon ‘2012 (Overall)



Chapter 3Page 58

Fig.3.3.2: Wind Rose at Kolihan Post monsoon ‘2012 (Day)



Chapter 3Page 59

Fig.3.3.3: Wind Rose at Kolihan, Post monsoon ‘2012 (Night)



Chapter 3Page 60

3.4.2 Air Quality

3.4.2.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

To quantify the impact of the mining and allied activities on the ambient air quality, it is necessary at first to evaluate the existing ambient air quality of the core and the buffer zones. The existing ambient air quality, in terms of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur-dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and Lead (Pb) has been measured through a planned field monitoring.

Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

In order to fix the locations of the monitoring stations, a model suggested by Houghland and Stephens (Ref: The Design of Air Quality Monitoring Network; R.E. Munn, 1981) has been used. This model suggests setting up of monitoring stations at those locations where ground level concentration (GLC) is high. The probability factor was found by determining the "coverage factor" for potential monitoring locations around the project, which are likely to be affected due to air pollutants from the project. The coverage factor for all potential locations were calculated by the following formula:

Freq. (k)

Ajk = ------------ (1 + Dj)

Where

Ajk = Coverage factor of the monitoring site in the kth down wind sector Freq. (k) = Frequency of wind direction in the kth sector. Dj = Distance (km) from the source (project) to the site.

The wind rose data monitored at IMD’s pilani Observatory was used to calculate the Ajk values of all potential AAQ monitoring stations. Stations were set up all around the project site.

Possible station locations covering all possible downwind directions and in varying distances up to a limited stretch from the project site were tested with this mathematical model. The station with the lowest coverage factor has been selected to serve as the control station. The list of selected AAQ Stations is given in Table 3.5.



Chapter 3Page 61

14 locations were identified for establishing Ambient Air Quality monitoring Network.

Table 3.6: Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Stations

Sl.No.

LocationStation Code

Distance (km) from mine lease

Direction Coverage

factor

1. Main store A1 Core zone N - 2. Tiba Wali Dhani A2 0.35 E 0.903. Bargarh Ki Dhani A3 4.44 NNE 0.384. Chirani A4 5.80 E 0.015. Khetri Nagar A5 7.00 NNE 0.266. Kharkhara A6 2.18 NW 0.387. Jasrapur A7 4.90 W 0.218. Bagor A8 4.29 S 1.94

The stations are also marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/5.0.

Monitoring schedule

As mentioned earlier, the EIA report has been prepared on the basis of Ambient Air Quality data generated in the study area for one full season (Post monsoon, 2012).Samples of 24 hourly duration were taken for monitoring SPM, SO2 and NOx twice a week. Lead was measured in all the samples of RSPM.

Methods of Sampling and Analysis

The methods of sample collection, equipment used and analysis procedures as followed are given in Table 3.7.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards are given in Table 3.7.2.

Table 3.7.1: Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment used Sl.No.

Parameter Instrument/

Apparatus Used Methodology Reference

1. SO2 (μg/m3)HVAS with Impinger Tube, Spectro–photometer

Improved West & Gaecke Method

MOE&F G.S.R 826 (E) dtd. 16.11.09

2. NOx (μg/m3)HVAS with Impinger Tube, Spectro–photometer

Jacobs & Hoccheiser Modified (Na-Arsenite) Method

-do-

3. PM10 (μg/m3) Respirable Dust Sampler Gravimetry -do-

4.Lead (Pb) (μg/m3)

AAS, sampling on EPM 2000

Gravimetric followed by AAS -do-

5. CO (mg/m3) CO Analyser NDIR Method -do-



Chapter 3Page 62

Table 3.7.2: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Sl Parameter Time

WeightedAverage

Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial,

Residential, Rural & Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central

Government)

1 SO2 ; (μg/m3)Annual* 50 20

24 Hours** 80 80

2 NOx ; (μg/m3)Annual* 40 30

24 Hours** 80 80

3 PM10; (μg/m3)Annual* 60 60

24 Hours** 100 100

4 Lead (Pb); (μg/m3)Annual* 0.50 0.5

24 Hours** 1.0 1.0

5 CO; (mg/m3)8 Hours ** 02 02 1 Hour ** 04 04

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be compiled with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days.

Results and Discussions

The summarised results of ambient air quality monitoring are given in Table 3.8.The results, when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), indicate that maximum readings of RSPM (PM10) are on slightly higher side in a few samples; however the average values are well below the prescribed standards of NAAQS at most of the locations. Station wise detailed monitoring data is also furnished at Tables 3.9.1 to 3.9.8.



Chapter 3Page 63

Table 3.8: Summarised Ambient Air Quality results

Season (Period)

PM10 SO2 NOx Name of monitoring equipment used

Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) RDS &

SpectrophotometerRDS &

SpectrophotometerDetection Limit :1 g/m3 :10 g/m3 :10 g/m3

AAQ monitoring station Max. Min. C98 Avg. Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98

Postmonsoon

2012

Main store 95 76 93 88 12 <10 <10 29 12 22

Tiba Wali Dhani 98 59 94 88 <10 <10 <10 24 11 20

Bargarh Ki Dhani 96 77 94 89 <10 <10 <10 24 11 18

Chirani 93 83 92 89 15 <10 12 23 <10 22

Khetri Nagar 96 73 95 90 13 <10 12 18 13 17

Kharkhara 95 65 94 89 12 <10 10 19 11 18

Jasrapur 95 68 94 87 10 <10 10 22 <10 21

Bagor 99 66 98 85 10 <10 <10 25 <10 21



Chapter 3Page 64

Table 3.9.1: Detailed Ambient Air Quality results at Main Store (A1) Sample

No. Date Results in g/m3

PM10 SO2 NOX 1 01.09.12 92 <10 12 2 05.09.12 92 <10 12 3 09.09.12 92 <10 13 4 13.09.12 95 <10 12 5 17.09.12 87 <10 15 6 21.09.12 90 <10 16 7 24.09.12 85 <10 14 8 28.09.12 89 <10 15 9 01.10.12 88 <10 16 10 05.10.12 93 <10 15 11 09.10.12 93 <10 15 12 13.10.12 79 <10 14 13 17.10.12 86 <10 14 14 21.10.12 95 <10 15 15 25.10.12 93 <10 16 16 29.10.12 85 12 29 17 02.11.12 81 <10 16 18 05.11.12 95 <10 15 19 09.11.12 92 <10 14 20 13.11.12 86 <10 17 21 19.11.12 85 <10 22 22 22.11.12 76 <10 17 23 25.11.12 89 10 19 24 29.11.12 81 <10 14

Table 3.9.2: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Tiba Wali Dhani (A2) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOX 1 01.09.12 87 <10 132 05.09.12 91 <10 153 09.09.12 93 <10 144 13.09.12 92 <10 145 17.09.12 90 <10 116 21.09.12 88 <10 177 24.09.12 87 <10 128 28.09.12 90 <10 199 01.10.12 59 <10 1510 05.10.12 93 <10 1711 09.10.12 82 <10 1712 13.10.12 92 <10 2013 17.10.12 88 <10 1914 21.10.12 82 <10 1515 25.10.12 98 <10 1416 29.10.12 94 <10 1417 02.11.12 90 <10 2018 05.11.12 93 <10 1419 10.11.12 85 <10 2420 15.11.12 92 <10 1621 19.11.12 90 <10 1522 22.11.12 93 <10 1323 25.11.12 81 <10 1524 29.11.12 93 <10 15



Chapter 3Page 65

Table 3.9.3: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Bhargh Ki Dhani (A3) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 91 <10 142 05.09.12 90 <10 153 09.09.12 87 <10 134 13.09.12 93 <10 115 17.09.12 90 <10 126 21.09.12 94 <10 137 24.09.12 93 <10 158 28.09.12 92 <10 179 01.10.12 91 <10 1610 05.10.12 94 <10 1611 09.10.12 88 <10 1812 13.10.12 96 <10 1613 17.10.12 90 <10 1414 21.10.12 96 <10 1615 25.10.12 88 <10 1816 29.10.12 93 <10 1117 02.11.12 77 <10 2418 05.11.12 82 <10 1419 10.11.12 84 <10 1420 15.11.12 85 <10 1621 19.11.12 92 <10 1822 23.11.12 94 <10 1623 26.11.12 82 <10 1424 29.11.12 85 <10 16

Table 3.9.4: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Chirani (A4) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 93 <10 92 05.09.12 92 <10 123 09.09.12 92 <10 124 13.09.12 91 <10 155 17.09.12 92 <10 126 21.09.12 93 <10 127 24.09.12 93 <10 108 28.09.12 91 <10 169 01.10.12 83 11 23 10 05.10.12 91 <10 2011 09.10.12 88 <10 2112 13.10.12 83 <10 1713 17.10.12 86 <10 1914 21.10.12 88 <10 1915 25.10.12 91 <10 1916 29.10.12 89 <10 1817 02.11.12 92 <10 1118 05.11.12 89 <10 1819 09.11.12 86 <10 1720 13.11.12 85 <10 1021 19.11.12 83 10 12 22 22.11.12 93 15 22 23 25.11.12 87 12 20 24 29.11.12 92 <10 13



Chapter 3Page 66

Table 3.9.5: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Khetri Nagar (A5) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 89 <10 132 05.09.12 91 <10 143 09.09.12 89 12 18 4 13.09.12 94 13 18 5 17.09.12 96 <10 136 21.09.12 94 <10 137 24.09.12 94 <10 158 28.09.12 87 <10 179 01.10.12 94 <10 1410 05.10.12 74 <10 1711 09.10.12 87 <10 1712 13.10.12 91 <10 1513 17.10.12 90 <10 1514 21.10.12 92 <10 1515 25.10.12 89 <10 1616 29.10.12 73 <10 1717 02.11.12 95 <10 1518 05.11.12 92 <10 1619 09.11.12 89 <10 1520 13.11.12 91 <10 1721 19.11.12 88 <10 1322 22.11.12 94 <10 1523 25.11.12 93 <10 1524 29.11.12 92 <10 14

Table 3.9.6: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Kharkhara (A6) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 93 <10 132 05.09.12 91 <10 143 09.09.12 91 <10 144 13.09.12 88 12 19 5 17.09.12 92 10 18 6 21.09.12 80 <10 157 24.09.12 95 <10 138 28.09.12 92 <10 119 01.10.12 94 <10 1210 05.10.12 90 <10 1311 09.10.12 93 <10 1312 13.10.12 65 <10 1413 17.10.12 92 <10 1614 21.10.12 90 <10 1415 25.10.12 92 <10 1416 29.10.12 87 <10 1417 02.11.12 90 <10 1218 06.11.12 94 <10 1219 10.11.12 88 <10 1320 14.11.12 89 <10 1421 19.11.12 91 <10 1322 22.11.12 87 <10 1423 25.11.12 90 <10 1224 29.11.12 88 <10 13



Chapter 3Page 67

Table 3.9.7: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Jasrajpur (A7) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 86 <10 132 05.09.12 68 <10 163 09.09.12 68 <10 144 13.09.12 84 10 16 5 17.09.12 84 <10 <10 6 21.09.12 84 10 16 7 24.09.12 92 <10 168 28.09.12 91 <10 159 01.10.12 84 <10 2110 05.10.12 94 <10 1411 09.10.12 91 <10 1412 13.10.12 91 <10 1613 17.10.12 89 <10 1714 21.10.12 93 <10 1815 25.10.12 93 <10 1616 29.10.12 86 <10 2217 02.11.12 90 <10 1718 05.11.12 91 <10 1619 09.11.12 87 <10 1520 14.11.12 95 <10 1821 19.11.12 94 <10 1822 22.11.12 86 <10 1623 25.11.12 87 <10 1324 29.11.12 85 10 16

Table 3.9.8: Detailed Ambient Air Quality at Bagor (A8) Sample


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 01.09.12 81 <10 122 05.09.12 76 <10 <10 3 09.09.12 69 <10 <10 4 13.09.12 88 <10 115 17.09.12 86 <10 <10 6 21.09.12 83 <10 <10 7 24.09.12 78 <10 108 28.09.12 86 <10 109 01.10.12 99 <10 <10 10 05.10.12 91 <10 1011 09.10.12 80 10 25 12 13.10.12 98 <10 1213 17.10.12 79 <10 1414 21.10.12 94 <10 1615 25.10.12 85 <10 2116 29.10.12 93 <10 1317 02.11.12 72 <10 1318 05.11.12 76 <10 1319 09.11.12 82 <10 1420 14.11.12 93 <10 1321 19.11.12 90 <10 1322 22.11.12 94 <10 1323 25.11.12 66 <10 1424 29.11.12 89 <10 16



Chapter 3Page 68

3.4.2.2 Work Zone Air Quality

Two 8 hourly samples were collected at four representative work zone locations to assess the work zone air quality in the vicinity. The summarized results of work are given in Table 3.10.

Table 3.10: Summarised Results of Work Zone Air Quality Monitoring Sl. No. Location PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 Loading Point 3258 2150 <10 24 1297 875 <10 29

2 Downside of Fan house 97 67 <10 <10

84 50 <10 13 Figures are in g/m3

The Work Zone Air Quality has been compared with the following norms:

PM : 3,000 g/m3 (Metalliferrous Mines Regulation, 1961 Reg.124) SO2: 5,000 g/m3 (Indian Factories Act) NOx: 6,000 g/m3 (Indian Factories Act) CO: 40,000 g/m3 (Indian Factories Act)

It can be seen from the results that the Work Zone Air Quality is well within the norms.

3.4.3 Water Sources and Quality

Peak water demand in expansion stage is 1200 m3 /d. Out of 1200 m3 /d water requirement 200 m3 /d water will be taken from pumped out water from underground work zone and 400 m3 /d water will be taken from well from Kharkhara village. Remaining 600 m3/d requirement will be met through recycling from STP, workshop etc.

3.4.3.1 Ground water regime

The study area lies in the semiarid zone where occurance and movement of ground water is controlled by the topography and physical characteristics of the area. The area is underlain by rock types mainly quartzites, Calco-granulites, Schists of Ajabgarh series and quartzites, Schist of Alwar series in the Delhi System of closely folded consolidated formations with occasional unconsolidated formations in the river courses and vicinity. The transition between the two being gradational these formations are metamorphosed to quartzites, schists, and phyllites. Some intrusive dolerite dykes are present, and veins of quartz and carbonates are common.

The general strike of the formations is NNE-SSW with steep to gentle dips towards the WNW. The economic mineralization which gives rise to the ore bodies



Chapter 3Page 69

is mainly localized in the upper parts of the amphibole-chlorite quartzite and garnet-amphibole-chlorite quartzite/schist.

Groundwater occurs in unconfined condition in unconsolidated formations. Depth to groundwater level varies between 25 to 30 metres below ground level with no appreciable change in pre and post monsoon.

Water level was measured in open wells in the buffer zone study area in premonsoon and post monsoon seasons. Measured ground water levels in open wells are given in Table 3.11.

Table 3.11: Measured water levels in study area Village Name

Location / Well Owner

Total depth

Dia. Pre- monsoon (April,’13)

Post-monsoon

(Sept.’ 12)

Fluctuation

Nanu

walidhani

Bula Ram 27.0 2.6 8.4 10.2 1.8 Mahabir Singh 25.0 2.6 6.6 15.2 8.6 Swai Singh 25.0 2.6 6.2 15.0 8.8

Kharkhra

Niwas Kr. Saini 14.0 2.6 Dry Dry -Deva Ram Saini 13.0 1.5 4.3 10.0 5.7 Mala Ram Saini 15.0 1.7 4.7 13.3 8.6

Jagrapur

Government 34.0 2.3 Dry Dry -Pramod Joshi 33.0 1.9 Dry Dry -Government 42.0 1.9 17 40.1 23.1

Pawtakidhani Rohtas Zaman 15.0 3.0 1.9 12.1 10.2 Indras Bhadur 21.0 3.0 3.1 18.0 14.9

Bhargran

kidhani

Pitram Saini 30.0 2.4 5.9 25.5 19.6 Kurda Ram Saini 28.2 2.0 5.4 23.6 18.2 Brij Lal Saini 29.0 2.4 4.8 25.0 20.2

Gohda Pala Rama Saini 27.0 2.0 Dry Dry -

Kheyda

kidhani

Chhaya Ramji 10.0 2.0 1.2 8.6 7.4 Jwala Pr. Kumar 18.0 2.1 2.3 15.0 12.7 Vimla Deve 30.0 2.0 9.4 27.0 17.6

Khetri Bansidhar Mulchand 9.0 3.0 Dry 7.0 -

Birbal Saini 9.2 3.0 Dry 7.0 -

Tilawali

Gokul Singh

Sekhawat

22.0 2.0 Dry

Dry-

Jagdish Gujar 21.1 2.0 Dry Dry -

Chirani Ram Chandra Gujar 20.0 1.5 Dry Dry -

Malaram Gujar 22.0 1.5 Dry Dry -

Bagor Government 30.0 2.0 Dry Dry -



Chapter 3Page 70

Village Name

Location / Well Owner

Total depth

Dia. Pre- monsoon (April,’13)

Post-monsoon

(Sept.’ 12)

Fluctuation

Rayota Government 24.0 3.0 Dry Dry -

VPS 23.2 3.0 Dry Dry -

Babai Government 42.3 3.0 Dry Dry -

Beluer Government 45.0 2.3 Dry Dry -Figs are in m (bgl)

3.4.3.2 Water Quality The study area is devoid of surface water source. Only seasonal drainage channels flows during the monsoon. These drainage channels remain dry for the remaining part of the year. The pumped out water from the underground mine is stored in a tank for reuse in other mining activities.

Water Quality Monitoring stations, Frequency and Mode of Sampling

Water samples were collected twice during the monitoring season from eight (08) locations, which are listed in Table 3.12. All these locations are marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/6.0.

The result of analysis of surface water is given in Table 3.13. The result has been compared with the standards specified in IS: 10500 (1993) as well as Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board (as given in Table 3.14).

Table 3.12: Water sampling locations

Sl.No.

Location Station

No. Type

Distance from nearest lease

boundary (km)Significance

1. Ajit Sagar Bandh SW1 Surface Water

8 km E Only perennial surface water source in the study area.

2.Mine Discharge Kolihan Mines

E1 Effluent Within mine

lease

Mine discharge water quality to assess it’s suitability to reuse.

3.STP Effluent KCC

E2 Effluent 8 km NE Effluent characteristics at outlet of STP at KCC.

4.Bore well in Kolihan Mine Lease

GW1Ground water

Within mine lease

Represents drinking water source at mine site.

5. Kolihan Nagar GW2Ground water

2 km SE

Represents ground water quality in Kolihan township. Down gradient w.r.t. the mine.

6.Kharkhara Village

GW3Ground water

3.5 km NW

Represents ground water quality outside the sub-watershed in which the mine lease falls.



Chapter 3Page 71

Sl.No.

Location Station

No. Type

Distance from nearest lease

boundary (km)Significance

7. Khetri Nagar GW4 Ground water

8 km NE Represents ground water quality in Khetri nagar.

Table 3.13: Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW1

Sl. No.

Parameter

Norms* Ajit Sagar

Desirablelimits **

Permissible limits *** 05.09.2012

Essential Characteristics1 Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 25 <5 2 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 max. 10 <5 3 pH Value 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 6.79 4 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 300 600 144 5 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 1 0.072 6 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 1000 12 7 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 1.5 0.4

Desirable Characteristics8 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 232 9 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 200 4.8 10 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 30 100 32 11 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 12 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01 13 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 400 40 14 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max. 45 No relaxation 6

15 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l Max.

0.001 0.002 <0.001

16 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 17 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 18 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 19 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 15 <0.005 20 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 21 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 600 116 22 Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2 <0.01 23 Boron (as B), mg/l, Max. 1.0 0.5 <0.2

Additional Characteristics24 Conductivity, mhos/cm, Max. - - 234 25 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l, Min. - - 6.626 BOD, 3 days at 27° C, mg/l, Max. - - 2.0 27 Coliform organisms, MPN/100ml, Max. - - 270 28 Sodium Absorption Ratio, Max. - - 0.18 29 Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l, Max. - - <0.01

* Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) – Edition 2.2 (2003-2009) ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter 3Page 72

Table 3.14: Water Quality Criteria as per Central Pollution Control Board Parameters Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E

1. pH 6.5–8.5 6.5–8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5–8.5 6.0–8.5 2. Dissolved oxygen (as O2), mg/l, min 6 5 4 4 - 3. BOD, 3 days at 27 C, max 2 3 3 - - 4.Total coliform organism, MPN/100 ml, max

50 500 5000 - -

5. Free ammonia (as N), mg/l, max - - - 1.2 - 6. Electrical conductivity, mhos/cm, max - - - - 2250 7. Sodium absorption ratio, max. - - - - 26 8. Boron (as B), mg/l, max. - - - - 2

Class A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection Class B: Outdoor bathing (organised) Class C: Drinking water source after conventional treatment and after disinfection Class D: Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries Class E: Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, and Controlled Waste Disposal Below E: Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

The results show that the surface water meets the criteria specified in IS: 10500. When compared with Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board, the water source point meet the criteria specified for Class B, C, D and E.

The result of analysis of ground water is given in Table 3.15.1, 3.15.2, 3.15.3 and 3.15.4. The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards specified in IS 10500. From the results it is obvious that the all the ground water quality parameters meet the prescribed norms.



Chapter 3Page 73

Table 3.15.1: Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW1

Sl. No.

Parameters

Norms* Mining Lease GW1Desirable

limits ** Permissible limits ***

05.09.2012

Essential characteristics1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <5

2 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobjectionable

3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <5 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 7.86

6Total Hardness(as CaCO3),mg/l, max

300 600 220

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 1 0.044 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 1000 18

9 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 1.5 0.06

Desirable characteristics

10 Total Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 417 11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 200 22

12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 100 38

13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 72 16 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 No relaxation 42

17 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max.

0.001 0.002 <0.001

18 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 19 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 20 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 21 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, max. 5 15 0.085 22 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 23 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.01 24 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 188 25 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.01 26 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.2

* Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) – Edition 2.2 (2003-2009) **Requirement (desirable limits) ***Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter 3Page 74


Sl. No.

Parameters

Norms* Tiba Wali Dhani GW2Desirable


05.09.2012



3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <55 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 7.91


300 600 228






13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 74

16 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 No relaxation

45


0.001 0.002 <0.001

18 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 19 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 20 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 21 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 15 0.085 22 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 23 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.01 24 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 192 25 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.01 26 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.2




Chapter 3Page 75


Sl. No.

Parameters

Norms* Kharkhara (Dug Well)GW3Desirable


05.09.2012





300 600 436







16 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Norelaxation

52


0.001 0.002 <0.001





Chapter 3Page 76


Sl. No.

Parameters

Norms* Khetri Nagar GW4Desirable limits

**Permissible limits ***

05.09.2012





300 600 752







16 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Norelaxation

21


0.001 0.002 <0.001



From the results it is obvious that all the ground water quality parameters meet the drinking water standards. In two samples (GW3 & GW4), Chloride, Fluoride, and Sulphate exceed the Desirable Limits but are within the Permissible Limits. In one sample (GW4) total hardness is higher than the maximum permissible limit. It may be due to presence of calcium in the host rock. It is more obvious with the fact that conc. of Calcium and Magnesium is also exceeding the corresponding desirable limits. However Ca and Mg are well within the maximum permissible



Chapter 3Page 77

limits. Both the samples (GW3 & GW4) are from outside the sub watershed in which the mine lease falls.

The result of analysis of effluents is given in Table 3.16.1 and 3.16.2.

Table 3.16.1: Results of Mine discharge water Analysis for sample E1

Sl. No.

Parameter Norms

[Mine Discharge Water]

E1

05.09.2012 1 Colour, Hazen 5 <5 2 Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3 Suspended Solids, mg/l, Max. 100 17 4 Particle Size of Suspended Solids Shall pass through 850

micron sieve 100%

5 pH 5.5-9.0 7.58 6 Temperature, °C Shall not exceed 5°C above

receiving water temperature 22

7 Oil & Grease, mg/l, Max. 10 <2 8 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max. 50 12 9 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max. 100 11 10 Free ammonia (as NH3), mg/l, Max. 5 <0.01 11 Biochemical Oxygen demand

(3 days at 27ºC), mg/l, Max. 30 6

12 Chemical Oxygen demand, mg/l, Max. 250 376 13 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.01 <0.0005 14 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.1 <0.05 15 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6), mg/l,

Max. 0.1

<0.01

16 Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max. 2 <0.05 17 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 3 0.63 18 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 <0.005 19 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max. 3 0.246 20 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.2 <0.01 21 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, Max. 2 0.36 22 Dissolved phosphates (as P), mg/l, Max. 5 0.8 23 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, Max. 2 0.8 24 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l 1 <0.001 25 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 2 0.018 26 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 3 0.081 27 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/l, Max. 10 5



Chapter 3Page 78

Table 3.16.2 : Results of Effluent Analysis for sample E2

Sl. No.

Parameters Norms [STP] E2

05.09.2012 1 Colour, Hazen 5 <5 2 Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3 Suspended Solids, mg/l, Max. 100 26 4 Particle Size of Suspended Solids Shall pass through 850

micron sieve 100 % Passed

5 pH 5.5-9.0 7.70 6 Temperature, °C Shall not exceed 5°C

above receiving water temperature

22

7 Oil & Grease, mg/l, Max. 10 <2 8 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max. 50 12 9 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l,

Max.100 20

10 Free ammonia (as NH3), mg/l, Max. 5 0.58 11 Biochemical Oxygen demand

(3 days at 27ºC), mg/l, Max. 30 14

12 Chemical Oxygen demand, mg/l, Max. 250 424 13 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.01 <0.0005 14 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.1 <0.05 15 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6), mg/l,

Max.0.1

<0.01

16 Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max. 2 <0.05 17 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 3 <0.01

18 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 <0.00519 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max. 3 0.021 20 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.2 <0.01 21 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, Max. 2 1.3 22 Dissolved phosphates (as P), mg/l, Max. 5 35.9 23 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, Max. 2 0.8 24 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l 1 <0.001 25 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 2 0.036 26 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 3 2.1 27 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/l, Max. 10 7.9

The results of effluent have been presented in Table 3.16.1 to 3.16.2. The results of effluent analysis have been compared with the General Standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to Inland Surface water as prescribed by MoEF vide notification dated 19th May,1993 and amendment in Dec.,1993. From the results it is obvious that the effluent discharge meets the prescribed norms.



Chapter 3Page 79

3.4.4 Noise level

In order to have an idea about the existing noise levels in the study area, noise monitoring has been carried out at six (06) locations listed in Table 3.17. These stations are marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/5.0. In addition, work zone noise was monitored at four (4) locations, which are listed in Table 3.18.

Table 3.17: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations Sl. No. Location

Station Code

Core Zone/ Buffer Zone

Distance from nearest lease boundary (km)

1 SE of Mines Lease N1 Core zone -2 Kolihan Nagar N2 Buffer zone 0.35 3 Kharkhara N3 Buffer zone 1.20 4 Khetri More N4 Buffer zone 2.35 5 Tilwala village N5 Buffer zone 0.25 6 Tidani Ki Dhani N6 Buffer zone 2.60

Table 3.18: List of Work Zone Noise Monitoring Stations

Sl. No. Location Station code

1 Conveyor loading Point NW 1

2 Workshop NW 2 3 Near Stock Pile NW 3 4 Fan House NW 4

Noise Monitoring Frequency

Ambient noise levels were monitored during post monsoon 2012. At each ambient noise monitoring station, Leq. noise level was recorded at hourly intervals for 24 hours continuously by operating the noise-recording instrument for fifteen minutes during each hour. At work-zone noise monitoring stations, the same procedure was followed but for 8 hours (i.e. one shift).

Results and Discussions

The summarised result of ambient noise monitoring is given in Table 3.19. The results have been compared with MoEF norms (Noise Regulation & Control - Rules, 2000), which is given in Table 3.20. Ambient noise levels are within the norms at all stations except at Khetri more due to attribution of traffic noise from adjacent roads (SH-17 and SH-26). In day time, the impact is more because of the commercial activity in the vicinity.



Chapter 3Page 80

Table 3.19: Summarised Results of Noise Monitoring

Season Station

No. Location

Noise levels Day

(0600-2200 hr.) Night

(2200-0600 hr.) Max. Min. Mean* Max. Min. Mean*

Post monsoon

N1 SE of Mines Lease 56.2 41.3 50.7 44.5 35.1 41.3 N2 Kolihan Nagar 55.9 42.9 51.0 45.6 41.8 43.3 N3 Kharkhara 53.5 40.5 48.5 42.6 38.2 40.8 N4 Khetri More 78.9 62.7 72.5 89.4 64.3 83.1 N5 Tilwala village 54.8 40.5 49.9 44.4 38.4 42.0 N6 Tidani Ki Dhani 56.2 43.5 51.6 45.9 38.7 43.0

Note: 1. Leq of day time/night time hourly values. 2. All the stations are Residential areas. All Values in dB (A)

Table 3.20: Ambient Air Quality norms in respect of NoiseType of Area Day

(0600 - 2200 hrs). Night

(2200 – 0600 hrs.)Industrial Area 75 70 Commercial Area 65 55 Residential Area 55 45 Silence Zone 50 40 All Values in dB (A)

The station wise detailed ambient noise monitoring results is presented in Table3.21.



Chapter 3Page 81

Table 3.21: Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring (02.09.2012 to 25.11.2012)Sl. No. Time

(Hrs.) Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations

Core Zone Near Tample

N-1

Kolihan NagarN-2

KharkharaN-3

Khetri More N-4

Tiwala Village

N-5

Tiba wali Dhani N - 6

Sound Pressure Level Leq.dB (A)

1. 08.00 41.5 48.2 43.2 64.3 44.6 45.8 2. 09.00 44.7 44.5 42.5 65.3 43.5 46.8 3. 10.00 45.2 50.2 42.5 69.8 49.4 48.1 4. 11.00 46.4 51.2 44.7 74.3 52.4 49.5 5. 12.00 47.2 52.4 40.5 78.9 44.7 50.5 6. 13.00 48.3 50.3 46.8 68.7 45.8 51.9 7. 14.00 47.8 54.2 45.5 63.8 46.5 52.4 8. 15.00 50.5 51.5 48.1 65.3 47.1 51.3 9. 16.00 50.1 52.6 50.7 69.7 50.1 53.7 10. 17.00 51.2 50.5 51.9 75.6 51.3 52.6 11. 18.00 53.2 55.9 53.5 78.6 54.8 53.8 12. 19.00 53.9 51.8 52.8 65.3 52.6 53.4 13. 20.00 55.3 47.5 41.5 69.5 53.4 56.2 14. 21.00 56.2 42.9 42.6 70.5 50.1 51.5 15. 22.00 42.5 42.1 38.9 81.3 42.1 41.8 16. 23.00 41.6 43.6 38.2 85.6 39.8 41.9 17. 24.00 38.1 42.3 41.5 89.4 41 43.8 18. 01.00 35.1 45.6 40.2 81.3 38.4 38.7 19. 02.00 40.5 41.9 41.2 79.5 42.1 39.5 20. 03.00 41.5 44.7 40.5 76.5 41.9 41.8 21. 04.00 44.1 41.8 41.5 68.7 43.4 45.9 22. 05.00 41.5 42.8 42.6 64.3 44.4 45.6 23. 06.00 41.3 46.1 40.5 62.7 40.5 43.5 24. 07.00 42.2 47.2 41.3 68.4 42.3 44.6

All Values in dB (A).

The detailed and summarised results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring are given in Tables 3.22 & 3.23 respectively.

Table 3.22: Summarised Results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring Season Station

codeLocation Noise Levels

Max. Min. Mean*

PostMonsoon

NW 1 Conveyor loading Point 88.9 80.2 86.2

NW 2 Workshop 85.2 74.7 79.3

NW 3 Near Stock Pile 93.5 89.1 87.6

NW 4 Fan House 107.9 97.8 100.8 All Values in dB (A). * Logarithmic Averages



Chapter 3Page 82

Table 3.23: Results of Work zone Noise Monitoring (02.02.2012 to 05.02.2012) Sl. No.

Time(Hrs.)

Workzone Noise Monitoring Locations Conveyor

loading point Workshop Near Stock House Fan House

Sound Pressure Level Leq.dB (A)

1. 9.00 80.2 85.2 91.2 102.9 2. 10.00 87.9 74.7 90.5 100.5 3. 11.00 88.5 78.2 89.6 107.5 4. 12.00 84.2 82.1 89.2 107.9 5. 03.00 83.7 80.7 89.1 102.3 6. 04.00 85.6 83.2 90 100.7 7. 05.00 84.2 81.5 93.5 97.8 8. 06.00 88.9 84.7 89.7 99.7

All Values in dB (A).

Noise levels in work zone area are found to be within the DGMS standard of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours exposure except fan house.

3.4.5 Soil characteristics

To assess the quality of soil in and around the mining area, soil samples were collected from five (5) locations during the monitoring season for physico-chemical analysis. Table 3.24 lists the soil sampling locations. These locations are also marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/7.0.

Table 3.24: List of Soil Sampling Locations Station code

Location Type of Land

S1 Plantation Area, Kolihan M.L. Forest Barren Land

S2 Kharkhara Agricutural Land

S3 Jashrapur Forest Barren Land

S4 Sukh Nadi sediment Agricutural Land

S5 Tiba Wali Dhani Agricutural Land

The results of analysis are given in Tables 3.25, 3.26, 3.27, 3.28 and 3.29.

Table 3.25: Physical Properties of Soil Station code

Colour Texture Bulk Density (gm/cc)

Water Holding Capacity (%)

S1 Brownish Sandy Loam 131 39 S2 Brownish Sandy Loam 154 41 S3 Brownish Sandy Loam 131 46 S4 Brownish black Sandy Loam 139 36 S5 Brownish black Sandy Loam 140 42



Chapter 3Page 83

Table 3.26: Chemical Properties of Soil Station

code pH

(1: 5 ratio)Electrical Conductivity

( mhos/cm) S1 5.2 307

S2 5.6 79

S3 5.7 89

S4 5.8 230

S5 5.3 125

Soil pH plays an important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity is also dependent on pH. In the soil samples the pH is acidic. Electrical conductivity (EC) is a measure of the soluble salts and ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples the conductivity ranged from 79.0 to 307 mhos/cm.

Table 3.27: Available NPK contents in soil Station

codeOrganic Carbon

(%)

Organic Matter

(%)

Available Nitrogen(kg/ha)

Available Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Available Potassium

(kg/ha)

S10.14 M

0.6 320 M

185 H

13.5 L

S20.28 M

0.4 207 M

27 H

4.2 L

S30.41

L1.1

204 M

26 H

4.0L

S40.48

L1.2

104 M

18 M

6.1 L

S50.48

L1.2

245 M

53 H

42 L

Ratings: Organic Carbon : <0.50 – Low; 0.50 to 0.75 – Medium; >0.75 – High Available Nitrogen : <280 – Low; 280 to 560 – Medium; >560 – High Available Phosphorus : <10 – Low; 10 to 25 – Medium; >25 – High Available Potassium : <120 – Low; 120 to 280 – Medium; >280 – High

Phosphorus and Nitrogen are limiting nutrients, especially phosphorus. In the tested soil samples, availability of Nitrogen and Potassium vary from medium to high while Phosphorus is high in all the samples. Organic carbon content is either low or medium.



Chapter 3Page 84

Table 3.28: Exchangeable Cations Station

codeCalcium

(meq/100 gm) Magnesium

(meq/100 gm)Sodium

(meq/100 gm)Potassium

(meq/100 gm) Total Bases

(meq/100 gm)S1 12.0 (47.21) 12.0 (47.21) 0.87 (3.42) 0.55 (2.16) 25.42

S2 8.0 (33.59) 14.0 (58.77 1.3 (5.46) 0.52 (2.18) 23.82

S3 4.0 (27.03) 10.0 (67.57) 0.35 (2.36) 0.45 (3.04) 14.80

S4 8.0 (38.55) 8.0 (38.55) 4.29 (20.67) 0.46 (2.22) 20.75

S5 4.0 (26.44) 10.0 (66.09) 0.89 (5.88) 0.24 (1.59) 15.13

Values in ( ) give the % of respective cation of the total cations.

The above results show that in the tested soil samples calcium and magnesium constitute most of the exchangeable cations whereas proportions of exchangeable sodium and potassium are relatively low.

Table 3.29: Available Micronutrients in Soil Stn code Iron (as Fe) Copper (as Cu) Zinc (Zn) Manganese (Mn)

S1 188.5 166 0.64 1.5 S2 60.5 90 3.85 21.2 S3 39.4 5.3 1.25 115 S4 151.4 73 1.85 87.2 S5 41 5.2 0.34 34

(Values in mg/ kg)

Soil micro-nutrients also play an important role in plant growth and can act as limiting nutrients. Soil micro-nutrient analysis can be employed as a diagnostic tool for predicting the possibility of deficiency of a nutrient and the profitability of its application. For this, it is essential to fix the critical limits. The critical limits of iron, copper and zinc are 4.5-6.0 mg/kg, 0.20-0.66 mg/kg and 0.50-0.65 mg/kg respectively.

From the above table it can be seen that in all the soil samples, micro-nutrient levels, especially that of iron and copper are relatively high while zinc is relatively low. It indicates the soils are very rich with respect to micronutrient. Excessive micro-nutrients are detrimental to plant growth as excess of one more micro-nutrients adversely affects the uptake of other micro-nutrients. Excess of copper affects uptake of Molybdenum, another micro-nutrient. Excess of Zinc, Manganese and Copper affect Iron uptake. Thus due to the antagonistic effect of some micro-nutrients, uptake of other nutrients is adversely affected which hampers plant growth i.e. the fertility of soils in the study area are low.

EIA/EMP Re

3.4.6 E

THHdo

3.4.6.1 C

Tsm

3.4.6.1.1

T

TSl. No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

eport for Exp

cology

The study arHCL’s Khetri Hills covered ominant lan

Core Zone

The core zonmall patches

Core Zone

The list of pla

Table 3.30: Scien

Azadiracht

Ailanthus e

Calotropis

Argemone

Capsella b

Acacia nilo

ansion of Cop

rea lies in ACopper Comwith Open

d uses.

ne consists os of dry agric

PhFlora

ants growing

List of Planntific Name

hta indica

excelsa

s procera

e mexicana

bursa-pastoris

otica

pper Ore Mini

Aravalli Hillsmplex Town

Scrub Fore

of forest lancultural land

hoto 3.2: B

g naturally in

nts found iCommo

Loca

N

A

M

Shia

Ba

ing from 1.0 M

. Only abouship and Sin

ests, Dry Ag

nd, barren / d.

Bird’s Eye V

n the core zo

n the Coreon Name / al Name

eem

Arru

adar

alkanta

-

abool

MTPA to 1.5 M

ut 1.5% of nghana Tow

gricultural La

fallow land

View of Cor

one are listed

e Zone Family

Meliaceae

Simaroubace

Asclepiadacea

Papavaraceae

Papavaraceae

Mimosaceae

MTPA of Kolih

the study awn) is urbanand and Wa

d, stony was

re Zone

d in Table.

y

Tree

ae Tree

ae Shrub

e Herb

e Herb

Smal

han Copper M

Chapter

area (Khetri n, the rest isaste Lands a

ste land and

3.30.

Habit

b

l Tree

Mine

3

Town, s rural. are the

d a few



Chapter 3Page 86

Sl. No.

Scientific Name Common Name / Local Name

Family Habit

7 Acacia senegal Kumbat Mimosaceae Small Tree

8 Prosopis juliflora Bilayati Babool Mimosaceae Small Tree

9 Vahlia digyna Agio Mimosaceae Herb

10 Mollugu spp. - Molluginaceae Herb

11 Abutilon fruticosum Malvaceae Undershrub

12 Sida spp. Malvaceae Undershrub

13 Viola cineara Banafsha Violaceae Herb

14 Euphorbia caducifolia - Euphorbiaceae Fleshy shrub

15 Euphorbia nivula - Euphorbiaceae Tall shrub

16 Securinega virosa - Euphorbiaceae Shrub

17 Psammogeton canescens - Apiaceae Herb

18 Adhatoda zeylanica Adusa Acanthaceae Shrub

19 Barleria spp. - Acanthaceae Undershrub

20 Justicia simplex Kagner Acanthaceae Herb

21 Lepidagathis cristata Aewal kangio Acanthaceae Herb

22 Lepidagathis trinervis Pathar-phor Acanthaceae Herb

23 Peristrophe paniculata - Acanthaceae Herb

24 Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae Herb

25 Evolvulus alsinoides Visnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb

26 Ziziphus spp. Ber Rhamnaceae Small tree

27 Polycarpon spp. Caryphyllaceae Herb

28 Cleome brachycarpa Cleomaceae Herb

29 Portulaca spp. Portulacaceae Herb

30 Artemisia scoparia - Compositae Herb

31 Circisium arvense Kateli Compositae Herb

32 Gnaphalium spp. - Compositae Herb

33 Vernonia spp. - Compositae Herb

34 Carissa spp. Karonda Apocynaceae Shrub

35 Peganum harmala Harmala Zygophyllaceae Herb

36 Oxalis corniculata Kharto Oxalidaceae Herb

37 Alysicarpus spp. - Fabaceae Herb

38 Crotalaria spp. - Fabaceae Herb

39 Trifolium repens - Fabaceae Herb

40 Vigna dalzelliana - Fabaceae Herb

41 Balanites aegyptica Hingotia Balanitaceae Shrub

42 Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae Shrub

43 Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae Large shrub

EIA/EMP Re

Sl. No.

44

45

46

47

49

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

TFobeaTxe

eport for Exp

Scien

Amaranthu

Ficus relig

Aloe vera

Commelina

Aristida sp

Brachiaria

Chloris spp

Chrysopog

Dactylocten

Dicanthium

Eragrostis

Heteropog

Paspalidiu

The core zonorest (PF). Teen dereserbout 68 ha

The vegetatierophytic sp

ansion of Cop

ntific Name

hus spp.

giosa

na spp.

pp.

a reptans

p.

gon spp.

enium aegyptium

m spp.

s spp.

gon spp.

um spp.

ne includes The area forved for minarea shall

ion is sparspecies.There

Phot

pper Ore Mini

CommoLoca

Pe

Ghee

Kan

m

161.83 ha orms part of ning, throug

be utilisedse and is care very few

to 3.3: Typi

ing from 1.0 M

on Name / al Name

-

eepal

egalwar

nkawa

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

of forest lanthe Aravallih the life ofd for settinclassified asw trees as ca

ical Vegeta

MTPA to 1.5 M

Family

Amaranthace

Moraceae

Liliaceae

Commelinace

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

d forming p Hills. Althof the mine g up of vas “Open Scan be seen f

ation in Kol

MTPA of Kolih

y

eae Herb

Tree

Herb

eae Herb

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

part of the Kugh the ent(under pres

arious facilicrub and Cafrom the Pho

ihan Mine

han Copper M

Chapter

Habit

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

Kharkara Protire forest lasent proposaties of the actus” consotos 3.1 and

Lease

Mine

3

otected and has al) only

mine. sists of d 3.2.



Chapter 3Page 88

As can be seen from the photograph, the vegetation is dominated by Prosopis juliflora and Euphorbia caducifolia. The clumps of P. juliflora are atleast 3 m apart. Calotropis procera, Adhatoda zeylanica and Lantana are the most common shrubs.

The composition and phytosociological characteristics of the same are given in Tables 3.31, 3.32, 3.33, 3.34, 3.35, 3.36, 3.37 and 3.38. The density and biodiversity of vegetation is low.

Table 3.31: Composition of Forest in South Eastern Part of Core Zone (28o00’44”N, 75o46’48”E)

Sl. No.

Species No. of Quadrats (10 m X 10 m)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

1 Prosopis juliflora 6 4 5 4 4 5 3 5 36

2 Acacia nilotica - - 1 - - - 1 - 2

3 Azhadirachta indica - 1 - 1 - - - - 2

4 Ailanthus excelsa - - - - - - 1 - 1

5 Euphorbia caducifolia 2 - 1 - 1 - - 2 6

6 Calotropis procera - 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 5

7 Lantana camara 1 - - - 1 - - - 2

TOTAL 9 7 7 6 6 6 5 8 54

Table 3.32: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in South Eastern Part of Core Zone

Sl.No.

Species Frequency (%)

Density (Nos./ha)

Abundance R.F. (%) R.D. (%) Shannon’s Diversity Index

1 Prosopis juliflora 100 450 4.50 34.78 66.6

1.175

2 Acacia nilotica 25 25 1.00 8.70 16.67

3 Azhadirachta indica 25 25 1.00 8.70 16.67

4 Ailanthus excelsa 12.5 12.5 1.00 4.35 8.33

5 Euphorbia caducifolia 50 75 1.50 17.39 11.11

6 Calotropis procera 50 62.5 1.25 17.39 9.26

7 Lantana camara 25 25 1.00 8.70 16.67

TOTAL 287.5 675 100 100

R.F. – Relative Frequency; R.D – Relative Density;

Table 3.33: Composition of Forest in South Western Part of Core Zone (28o00’42”N, 75o45’58”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Acacia nilotica - 2 - - - - - - 2

3 Balanites zeylanica 1 - - - - - 1 1 3

4 Vitex negundo - 1 2 - - - - - 3



Chapter 3Page 89

5 Euphorbia caducifolia 1 3 - - - - 1 - 5

6 Calotropis procera - - - 2 - 1 2 1 5

7 Lantana camara - 2 - - - - - - 2

8 Carissa spp. - - - 2 1 - - - 3

TOTAL 6 11 6 7 5 7 8 7 57

Table 3.34: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in South Western Part of Core Zone

Sl.No.


Density (Nos./ha)



1.435

2 Acacia nilotica 12.5 25 2.00 4.17 3.51

3 Balanites aegyptica 37.5 37.5 1.00 12.5 5.26

4 Vitex negundo 25 37.5 1.50 8.33 5.26

5 Euphorbia caducifolia 37.5 62.5 1.67 12.5 8.77


7 Lantana camara 12.5 25 2.00 4.17 3.51

8 Carissa spp. 25 37.5 1.50 8.33 5.26

TOTAL 300 712.5 100 100


Table 3.35: Composition of Forest in North Eastern Part of Core Zone (28o01’16”N, 75o46’46”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Euphorbia caducifolia 2 - 2 1 - - 1 2 8

3 Balanites aegyptica - 1 - - - 1 - - 2

4 Adhatoda zeylanica - - 2 - - - - - 2

5 Euphorbia nivula - 1 - - - 1 - - 2

6 Calotropis procera 1 1 - 1 - - 1 2 6

TOTAL 7 6 8 7 6 6 7 8 55



Chapter 3Page 90

Table 3.36: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in North Eastern Part of Core Zone

Sl.No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Prosopis juliflora 100 437.5 4.38 34.78 63.64

1.594

2 Euphorbia caducifolia 62.5 100 1.60 21.74 14.55

3 Balanites aegyptica 25 25 1.00 8.869 3.64

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 12.5 25 2.00 4.35 3.64

5 Euphorbia nivula 25 25 1.00 8.69 3.64

6 Calotropis procera 62.5 75 1.20 21.74 10.91

TOTAL 287.5 687.5 100 100


Table 3.37: Composition of Forest in North Wastern Part of Core Zone (28o01’18”N, 75o46’07”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Euphorbia caducifolia 3 1 5 - 1 - 1 - 11

3 Zizyphus spp. - - - - 1 - - - 1

4 Adhatoda zeylanica - 1 - - - - - 1 2

5 Lantana camara 1 1 - 1 - - - - 3

6 Calotropis procera - 1 3 1 - 4 - - 9

7 Vitex negundo - - - - 1 1 - 1 3

TOTAL 7 7 10 6 6 9 5 5 55

Table 3.38: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest in North Western Part of Core Zone

Sl.No.


Density (Nos./ha)



1.483


3 Zizyphus spp. 12.5 12.5 1.00 3.85 1.82

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 25 25 2.00 7.69 3.64

5 Lantana camara 37.5 37.5 1.00 11.54 5.45


7 Vitex negundo 37.5 37.5 1.00 11.54 5.45

TOTAL 325 687.5 100 100




Chapter 3Page 91

Near the mine office and surface installations vegetation consists of Acacia, Neem, Peepal and Banyan trees. Argemone mexicana, Lantana, Calotropis, Adhatoda zeylanica are seen growing along road sides.

3.4.6.1.2 Core Zone Fauna

The animals found in the core zone is listed the Table 3.39.

Table 3.39: List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Core Zone Sl.No.

Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life Protection Act in Which Listed

Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii II 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II 4. Common house rat Rattus rattus V5. Indian hare Lepus nigricollis IV 6. Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus III 7. Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V8. Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV Reptiles 1. Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus IV 2. Russell’s Viper Vipera russelli II 3 Cobra Naja naja II 4 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II 5 Wolf Snake Lycodon spp. -6 Common Skink Mabuya carinata -7 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor -8 Starred tortoise Geochelone elegans Birds1 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans -2 Common Crow Corvus splendens V3 Small Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis -4 House Sparrow Passer domesticus -5 Peafowl Pavo cristatus I6 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV 7 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacula eupatria IV 8 Jungle Mynah Acridotheres fuscus IV 9 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV 10 Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV 11 Grey Partridge Francolinus pondicerianus IV 12 Drongo Dicrurus adsimilis IV 13 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV 14 Doves Streptopelia spp. IV 15 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV 16 Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda IV 17 Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV 18 Koel Eudynamis scolopacea IV 19 Weaver Bird Ploceus philippinus IV 20 Pegion Columba livia IV 21 Kestrel Falco tinnunculus IV 22 Swallows Hirundo spp. IV 23 Hoopoe Upupa epops IV

EIA/EMP Re

Sl. No.

Co

24 Re25 Sh26 Ind27 Wa28 Ta29 Sa30 Ju31 Sp32 Bro33 De

TPeean

eport for Exp

ommon Nam

ed Wattled Lahikradian Roller agtails

awny Eagleand Grouse ngle babbler

potted Owlet own Rock Chesert Buzzard

The mine leaeafowl are caters, Rose umbers in th

ansion of Cop

me

pwing

at

ase does nocommonly se

Ringed Pahe mine leas

Photo

pper Ore Mini

Scientific

VannenlusAccipiter bCoracias bMotacilla sAquila rapPterocles TurdoidesAthene brCercomelaButeo but

ot support een in the mrakeets, Alese.

o 3.4: Sma

ing from 1.0 M

c Name

us indicusbadiusbenghalensisspp. pax vindhianaspp.

s striatusbramala fuscateo vulpinus

any populatmine lease. Jexandrine P

ll Green Be

MTPA to 1.5 M

Schedin Wh

a

tion of largJungle babblarakeets an

ee-eaters in

MTPA of Kolih

dule of Wildhich Listed

e wild animlers, bulbulsnd pegions

n Core Zon

han Copper M

Chapter

d Life Protec

IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV

mals except s, Small Greeare seen in

ne

Mine

3

ction Act

Nilgai.en Bee-n large

EIA/EMP Re

T

eport for Exp

The authentic

ansion of Cop

P

cated list of

pper Ore Mini

Photo 3.5:

flora and fa

ing from 1.0 M

Jungle Bab

una of the c

MTPA to 1.5 M

bbler in Cor

core zone is g

MTPA of Kolih

re Zone

given in Ann

han Copper M

Chapter

nexure – 3

Mine

3

.2



Chapter 3Page 94

3.4.6.2 Buffer Zone The buffer zone consists of forest land on the hills, dry agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land, rural and urban settlements and small seasonal streams & roadside ditches, which usually dry up by mid-December / early January. Because of low & erratic rainfall and lack of irrigation facilities, most of the agricultural land remains fallow during the non-monsoon period.

3.4.6.2.1 Buffer Zone Flora

The plants found in the study area are given in Table 3.40.

Table 3.40: List of Plants Found in the Buffer Zone of the Study Area Sl. No.


Family Habit

1 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Tree

2 Ailanthus excelsa Arru Simaroubaceae Tree

3 Calotropis procera Madar Asclepiadaceae Shrub

4 Argemone mexicana Shialkanta Papavaraceae Herb

5 Capsella bursa-pastoris - Papavaraceae Herb

6 Capparis decidua Ker Capparaceae Small tree

7 Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae Small Tree

8 Acacia leucophloea Jhira Mimosaceae Small Tree

9 Acacia senegal Kumbat Mimosaceae Small Tree

10 Prosopis juliflora Bilayati Babool Mimosaceae Small Tree

11 Vahlia digyna Agio Mimosaceae Herb

12 Mollugu spp. - Molluginaceae Herb

13 Abutilon fruticosum Malvaceae Undershrub

14 Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae Shrub

15 Sida spp. Malvaceae Undershrub

16 Viola cineara Banafsha Violaceae Herb

17 Polygala spp. Golbel Polygalaceae Herb

18 Mangifera indica Mango / Aam Anacardiaceae Tree

19 Rhus mysurensis - Anacardiaceae Shrub

20 Euphorbia caducifolia - Euphorbiaceae Fleshy shrub

21 Euphorbia nivula - Euphorbiaceae Tall shrub

22 Securinega virosa - Euphorbiaceae Shrub

23 Phyllanthus urinaria - Euphorbiaceae Shrub

24 Ricinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae Shrub

25 Grewia tenax Gangeti Tiliaceae Shrub

26 Psammogeton canescens - Apiaceae Herb

27 Adhatoda zeylanica Adusa Acanthaceae Shrub

28 Barleria spp. - Acanthaceae Undershrub



Chapter 3Page 95

Sl. No.


Family Habit

29 Justicia simplex Kagner Acanthaceae Herb

30 Lepidagathis cristata Aewal kangio Acanthaceae Herb

31 Lepidagathis trinervis Pathar-phor Acanthaceae Herb

32 Peristrophe paniculata - Acanthaceae Herb

33 Rungia repens Kharmar Acanthaceae Herb

34 Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae Herb

35 Kickxia incana - Scrophulariaceae Herb

36 Striga angustifolia - Scrophulariaceae Herb

37 Borreria articularis Rubiaceae Herb

38 Evolvulus alsinoides Visnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb

39 Ziziphus spp. Ber Rhamnaceae Small tree

40 Polycarpon spp. Caryphyllaceae Herb

41 Cleome brachycarpa Cleomaceae Herb

42 Portulaca spp. Portulacaceae Herb

43 Artemisia scoparia - Compositae Herb

44 Circisium arvense Kateli Compositae Herb

45 Glossocardia bosvallea - Compositae Herb

46 Gnaphalium spp. - Compositae Herb

47 Vernonia spp. - Compositae Herb

49 Carissa spp. Karonda Apocynaceae Shrub

51 Peganum harmala Harmala Zygophyllaceae Herb

52 Oxalis corniculata Kharto Oxalidaceae Herb

53 Indigofera caerulea Neel Fabaceae Shrub

54 Alysicarpus spp. - Fabaceae Herb

55 Crotalaria spp. - Fabaceae Herb

56 Trifolium repens - Fabaceae Herb

57 Vigna dalzelliana - Fabaceae Herb

59 Balanites aegyptica Hingotia Balanitaceae Shrub

60 Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae Shrub

61 Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae Large shrub

62 Clerodendrum phlomidis Arni Verbenaceae Shrub

63 Plantago spp. - Plantaginaceae Herb

64 Amaranthus spp. - Amaranthaceae Herb

65 Ficus bengalensis Bargad Moraceae Tree

66 Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Tree

67 Aloe vera Gheegalwar Liliaceae Herb

68 Commelina spp. Kankawa Commelinaceae Herb

EIA/EMP Re

Sl. No.

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

Photo

eport for Exp

Scien

Phoenix sy

Cyperus sp

Aristida sp

Arundo do

Brachiaria

Cenchus s

Chloris spp

Chrysopog

Dactylocten

Dicanthium

Digitaria sp

Eragrostis

Heteropog

Paspalidiu

Tetrapogo

3.6: Typica

ansion of Cop

ntific Name

ylvestris

spp.

pp.

onax

a reptans

spp.

p.

gon spp.

enium aegyptium

m spp.

spp.

s spp.

gon spp.

um spp.

on spp.

al View of V

pper Ore Mini

CommoLoca

Kh

Dh

m

Vegetation

ing from 1.0 M

on Name / al Name

hajoor

-

-

-

-

aman

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

in Kharkha

MTPA to 1.5 M

Family

Arecaceae

Cyperaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

ara PF, ~ 1

MTPA of Kolih

y

Tree

Sedg

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

Grass

1 km North

han Copper M

Chapter

Habit

e

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

h of Core Zo

Mine

3

one

EIA/EMP Re

Photo

Photo 3.8

APAtr

eport for Exp

o 3.7: Typic

8: Vegetat

As can be seeProsopis julifAdhatoda zeyrees are unc

ansion of Cop

cal View of

ion near Kh

en from theflora. The cylanica, Euphcommon and

pper Ore Mini

VegetationPF vis

hetri Coppe

e photographlumps of P.horbia caducd far apart.

ing from 1.0 M

n in Khetri sible in Bac

er Complex

hs, the vegeP. juliflora arciflia and Lan

MTPA to 1.5 M

PF, ~ 3 kmckground

x, ~ 6 km N

etation of there atleast 3 ntana are th

MTPA of Kolih

m South of

North-east

e forest land m apart. C

he most com

han Copper M

Chapter

Core Zone.

of Core Zo

ds is dominaCalotropis pmon shrubs

Mine

3

. Bansiyal

one

ated by procera, s. Large



Chapter 3Page 98

The composition and phytosociological characteristics of forests in the buffer zone are given in Tables 3.41, 3.42, 3.43, 3.44, 3.45 and 3.46. The density and biodiversity of vegetation is low.

Table 3.41: Composition of Forest ~1 km North of Core Zone (28o05’42”N, 75o46’45”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Euphorbia caducifolia - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1 12

3 Acacia nilotica 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 3

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 3 1 - 2 - - - - 6

5 Euphorbia nivula - - - 1 - - - - 1

6 Calotropis procera 2 1 - - 2 - - 2 7

7 Lantana camara - 2 1 - 1 2 - - 6

TOTAL 8 8 6 7 8 8 5 7 57

Table 3.42: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~1 km North of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)

Abundance R.F. (%)

R.D. (%) Shannon’s Diversity Index


1.653

2 Euphorbia caducifolia 75 150 2.00 20.69 21.05

3 Acacia nilotica 37.5 37.5 1.00 10.34 5.26

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 37.5 75 2.00 10.34 10.53

5 Euphorbia nivula 12.5 12.5 1.00 3.45 1.75


7 Lantana camara 50 75 1.50 13.79 10.53

TOTAL 362.5 712.5 100 100


Table 3.43: Composition of Khetri PF, ~ 3 km South of Core Zone. (27o59’12”N, 75o46’41”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Euphorbia caducifolia 3 2 - - 1 1 - - 7

3 Acacia nilotica 2 1 - - 1 - - 1 5

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 2 3 1 2 - 2 - 3 13

5 Ficus bengalensis - - - - - - 1 - 1

6 Calotropis procera 1 - 2 2 3 1 - - 9

7 Phoenix sylvestris - 1 - - - - - - 1

8 Vitex negundo 1 - 1 1 - - 1 - 4

9 Lantana camara - - 1 - 2 2 - - 5

TOTAL 13 10 10 8 10 10 5 6 72



Chapter 3Page 99

Table 3.44: Phyto-Sociological features of Khetri PF, ~ 3 km South of Core Zone.

Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)

Abundance R.F. (%)

R.D. (%) Shannon’s Diversity Index

1 Prosopis juliflora 100 337.5 3.38 22.22 37.5

1.813

2 Euphorbia caducifolia 50 87.5 1.75 11.11 9.72

3 Acacia nilotica 50 62.5 1.25 11.11 6.94

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 75 162.5 2.17 16.67 18.06

5 Ficus bengalensis 12.5 12.5 1.00 2.78 1.39

6 Calotropis procera 62.5 112.5 1.80 13.89 12.5

7 Phoenix sylvestris 12.5 12.5 1.00 2.78 1.39

8 Vitex negundo 50 50 1.00 11.11 5.56

9 Lantana camara 37.5 62.5 1.67 8.33 6.94

TOTAL 450 900 100 100


Table 3.45 Composition of Kharkhara PF, near Khetri Copper Complex, ~ 7 km North-east of Core Zone (28o04’31”N, 75o49’01”E)

Sl. No.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total


2 Euphorbia caducifolia - - 1 - - 1 1 - 3

3 Acacia nilotica 1 1 2 - 1 - 2 - 7

4 Adhatoda zeylanica - 4 2 3 3 - 2 2 16

5 Azadirachta indica 1 - - - - 1 - 1 3

6 Calotropis procera 1 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 8

7 Zizyphus spp. - - - - 1 - - 1 2

8 Vitex negundo - - 1 - 1 - - - 2

9 Lantana camara 1 - - 2 - 1 - - 4

10 Euphorbia nivula - - - - - - 1 - 1

11 Balanites aegyptica - - 1 - - - - 1 2

12 Clerodendrum phlomidis - - 1 - - 1 - - 2

TOTAL 8 11 11 11 12 9 11 10 82

Table 3.46: Phyto-Sociological features of Kharkhara PF, near KCC, ~ 7 km North of Core Zone.

Sl.No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Prosopis juliflora 100 400.0 4.00 18.60 39.02 1.929




Chapter 3Page 100

3 Acacia nilotica 62.5 87.5 1.40 11.63 8.54

4 Adhatoda zeylanica 75 200.0 2.67 13.95 19.51

5 Azadirachta indica 37.5 37.5 1.00 6.98 3.66


7 Zizyphus spp. 25.0 25.0 1.00 4.65 2.44

8 Vitex negundo 25.0 25.0 1.00 4.65 2.44

9 Lantana camara 37.5 50.0 1.33 6.98 2.88

10 Euphorbia nivula 12.5 12.5 1.00 2.33 1.22

11 Balanites aegyptica 25.0 25.0 1.00 4.65 2.44

12 Clerodendrum phlomidis 25.0 25.0 1.00 4.65 2.44

TOTAL 537.5 1025 100 100


The plain areas consist of patches of dry agricultural land, barren land and rural settlements. The vegetation is xerphytic and consists of herbs, shrubs, and small trees. Large trees are rarely to be seen and are far apart. A few large trees (banyan, peepal, neem, mango etc.) are present in and around settlements; probably planted and / or nurtured by local villagers.

3.4.6.2.2 Buffer Zone Fauna

The animals found in the study area are listed in Table 3.47.

Table 3.47: List of Terrestrial animals found in the study area

Sl. No.


Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii II 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II 4. Common house rat Rattus rattus V5. Indian hare Lepus nigricollis IV 6. Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus III 7. Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V8. Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV Reptiles 1. Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus IV 2. Russell’s Viper Vipera russelli II 3 Cobra Naja naja II 4 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II 5 Wolf Snake Lycodon spp. -6 Common Skink Mabuya carinata -7 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor -8 Starred tortoise Geochelone elegans Birds (as observed in December, 2012)



Chapter 3Page 101

Sl. No.


1 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans -2 Common Crow Corvus splendens V3 Small Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis -4 House Sparrow Passer domesticus -5 Peafowl Pavo cristatus I6 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV 7 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacula eupatria IV 8 Jungle Mynah Acridotheres fuscus IV 9 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV 10 Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV 11 Grey Partridge Francolinus pondicerianus IV 12 Drongo Dicrurus adsimilis IV 13 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV 14 Doves Streptopelia spp. IV 15 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV 16 Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda IV 17 Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV 18 Koel Eudynamis scolopacea IV 19 Weaver Bird Ploceus philippinus IV 20 Pegion Columba livia IV 21 Kestrel Falco tinnunculus IV 22 Swallows Hirundo spp. IV 23 Hoopoe Upupa epops IV 24 Red Wattled Lapwing Vannenlus indicus IV 25 Shikra Accipiter badius IV 26 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV 27 Wagtails Motacilla spp. IV 28 Tawny Eagle Aquila rapax vindhiana IV 29 Sand Grouse Pterocles spp. IV 30 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus IV 31 Spotted Owlet Athene brama IV 32 Brown Rock Chat Cercomela fusca IV 33 Desert Buzzard Buteo buteo vulpinus IV 34 Golden backed woodpecker Dinopium bengalense IV 35 White breasted water hen Phoenicurus amaurornis IV 36 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis IV 37 Black winged stilt Himantopus himantopus IV

EIA/EMP Re

Itpothucaa

3.4.9 S

MexexdeScaah

a)bc)de)f)Bso

TSoc

eport for Exp

Ph

t is to be noopulation. The fauna is sually activeause considuthenticated

Socio econ

Mining projecxperts becaxception. Thefinitely influuch impactsaused by thlso. With thias been carr

) To assess) To assess) To estima) To ascerta) To explor) To analysaseline inforocial impact

The study arub-cluster ccupational

ansion of Cop

hoto 3.9: G

oted that thThe Bishnoi

flourishing e at night aerable dam

d list of flora

nomics

cts have alwuse of hugehe mine expuence the sos may be me project. Tis backgrounried out with

s the impact s the impact ate employmain the impae the impact

se peoples' prmations on assessment

rea is draugwise popupattern of

pper Ore Mini

Golden Back

he Bishnoi Ccommunity in the stud

and herds ofage to crop and fauna o

ways been me socio-econpansion is locio-econommarginal or The present nd, the presh the followi

of the projeof the proje

ment and incoact of the prt of the proj

perception rethe above

t has been in

ht prone halation, occuthe study a

ing from 1.0 M

ked Woodp

Community fhas traditio

dy area inspf these anteps, they areof the buffer

matters of cnomic impaikely to intr

mic conditionnon-margin

project is lisent socio-ecng objective

ect on the agect on the paome effects oject on theject on educegarding theaspects havncluded in ch

aving a numupational parea, as per

MTPA to 1.5 M

pecker in B

forms a signonally protecpite of the helope raid ce rarely perr zone is giv

concern for ct; expansio

roduce a setns of the peonal dependikely to bringconomic impes:

gricultural sitattern of demof the proje

e consumptiocational statue project. ve been preshapter 5 und

mber of hillopattern of r 2001 cens

MTPA of Kolih

Buffer Zone

nificant propcted wildlife harsh envirocrops at nighsecuted by

ven in Annex

the environon of Kolihat of new acople of the ing on the g benefits fopact assessm

tuation;mand; ect; on behaviourus in the loca

sented in thider clause 5

cks and mothe study.

us, are give

han Copper M

Chapter

e

portion of thand conseq

onment. Nilght. Althoughthe villager

xure – 3.2.

nmental andan mine is ctivities, whsurroundingextent of c

or the local ment of the

r;ality;

is chapter w.2.

ostly unfertil. Populatioen in Table

Mine

3

he local quently gai are h nilgai rs. The

d social not an ich will areas. change people project

whereas

e land. n and

e 3.49.



Chapter 3Page 103

From the table it is evident that total population of the study area is around 1.33 lakhs. The sex ratio in the study area is, 0.903 (about 903 females per 1000 males). SCs and STs constitute about 16% and 3% of the population respectively. Literacy rate is good (60%). Working population constitute about 41% of the total population. Main and marginal workers constitute 27% and 14% of total population respectively. Details of village-wise demographic pattern is given in Table 3.48.

Table 3.48: Demographic profile of the study area Sl No Item Study area Share in total

population 1.01.11.21.3

Population Total Male Female

1328146978663028

52.5447.46

2.0 Households 21555 16.233.13.2

SCST

210883855

15.882.90

4.0 Literates 79455 59.825.0 Working population 53939 40.615.1 Main workers 35233 26.535.2 Marginal workers 18706 14.085.3 Non workers 78875 59.39



Chapter 3Page 104

Table 3.49: Details of village-wise demographic pattern Sl.N

o.

Villages

No.

ofHou

seho

ld

Total

Popu

lation

TotalM

ale

TotalFem

ale

SC ST

Literate

MaleLiterate

FemaleLiterate

Illiterate

MaleIlliterate

Female

Illiterate

Working

Popu

lation

MainWorker

MainWorker

Male

MainWorker

Female

Margina

lworker

Margina

lWorkerMale

Margina

lWorkerFemale

Non

worker

Non

WorkerMale

Non

WorkerFemale

1 Amarpura Khurd 108 700 357 343 60 0 453 259 194 247 98 149 431 359 169 190 72 46 26 269 142 127

2 Dhani Hukma 454 2793 1431 1362 310 74 1986 1116 870 807 315 492 1183 539 438 101 644 270 374 1610 723 887

3 Devipura 698 4911 2517 2394 757 20 2206 1463 743 2705 1054 1651 2143 1196 1071 125 947 150 797 2768 1296 1472

4 Singhana 1635 10681 5598 5083 1586 789 7308 4287 3021 3373 1311 2062 3460 2559 2200 359 901 449 452 7221 2949 4272

5 Jujharpur 165 1130 597 533 92 0 650 370 280 480 227 253 700 487 250 237 213 124 89 430 223 207

6 Tateeja 685 4440 2381 2059 806 0 2329 1496 833 2111 885 1226 2285 1614 986 628 671 258 413 2155 1137 1018

7 Gothra (CT) 4488 21820 11804 10016 4609 1097 16858 10083 6775 4962 1721 3241 5421 5154 4663 491 267 167 100 16399 6974 9425

8 Manota Khurd 398 2349 1259 1090 274 71 1552 952 600 797 307 490 882 694 526 168 188 85 103 1467 648 819

9 Deota 461 3266 1721 1545 782 0 1404 972 432 1862 749 1113 2367 1513 789 724 854 467 387 899 465 434

10 Kharkhara 340 2486 1288 1198 451 75 1331 900 431 1155 388 767 1070 709 572 137 361 61 300 1416 655 761

11 Basai 763 5261 2774 2487 774 590 2991 1962 1029 2270 812 1458 1687 1409 1173 236 278 106 172 3574 1495 2079

12 Rajota 166 1113 581 532 25 1 516 355 161 597 226 371 473 321 216 105 152 43 109 640 322 318

13 Jasrapur 1287 8387 4344 4043 2057 80 4183 2744 1439 4204 1600 2604 4347 2631 1776 855 1716 494 1222 4040 2074 1966

14 Chirani 398 2622 1388 1234 492 4 1351 903 448 1271 485 786 1375 1012 570 442 363 204 159 1247 614 633

15 Bansiyal 396 2404 1257 1147 279 95 1028 695 333 1376 562 814 1336 545 392 153 791 307 484 1068 558 510

16 Dada Fatehpura 772 4634 2374 2260 954 233 2352 1465 887 2282 909 1373 2617 1099 871 228 1518 573 945 2017 930 1087

17 Khetri (M) 2701 17382 9077 8305 2434 54 11471 6920 4551 5911 2157 3754 4024 3414 3144 270 610 466 144 13358 5467 7891

18 Tihara 73 569 325 244 47 0 301 201 100 268 124 144 266 256 149 107 10 1 9 303 175 128

19 Beelwa 337 2311 1161 1150 391 0 1456 832 624 855 329 526 1274 540 440 100 734 270 464 1037 451 586

20 Bagor 146 1025 544 481 466 0 483 345 138 542 199 343 414 253 216 37 161 69 92 611 259 352

21 Shyampura 163 903 466 437 45 0 570 349 221 333 117 216 527 435 201 234 92 46 46 376 219 157

22 Moi Sadda 306 1848 935 913 315 0 1171 699 472 677 236 441 1113 398 308 90 715 265 450 735 362 373



Chapter 3Page 105

Sl.N

o.

Villages

No.

ofHou

seho

ld

Total

Popu

lation

TotalM

ale

TotalFem

ale

SC ST

Literate

MaleLiterate

FemaleLiterate

Illiterate

MaleIlliterate

Female

Illiterate

Working

Popu

lation

MainWorker

MainWorker

Male

MainWorker

Female

Margina

lworker

Margina

lWorkerMale

Margina

lWorkerFemale

Non

worker

Non

WorkerMale

Non

WorkerFemale

23 Banwas 611 3376 1834 1542 328 90 2365 1464 901 1011 370 641 1340 784 687 97 556 151 405 2036 996 1040

24 Manota Kalan 253 1705 886 819 374 0 771 507 264 934 379 555 821 554 361 193 267 121 146 884 404 480

25 Kuthaniya 191 1510 806 704 316 0 691 475 216 819 331 488 833 787 412 375 46 33 13 677 361 316

26 Mankdo 402 2567 1304 1263 642 0 1758 1021 737 809 283 526 1321 620 395 225 701 260 441 1246 649 597

27 Bandha Ki Dhani 154 914 454 460 46 0 456 295 161 458 159 299 178 153 146 7 25 10 15 736 298 438

28 Kurand 116 904 473 431 83 0 427 262 165 477 211 266 642 409 223 186 233 118 115 262 132 130

29 Bheetera 198 1449 764 685 53 2 890 504 386 559 260 299 1104 714 351 363 390 232 158 345 181 164

30 Bankoti 205 1388 730 658 325 0 673 467 206 715 263 452 925 339 307 32 586 189 397 463 234 229

31 Bhodan 256 1690 902 788 76 58 880 572 308 810 330 480 1070 492 436 56 578 139 439 620 327 293

32 Morki 164 1046 556 490 0 0 376 282 94 670 274 396 728 436 245 191 292 144 148 318 167 151

33 Papurana 1325 8363 4300 4063 577 295 4021 2608 1413 4342 1692 2650 3224 1699 1381 318 1525 543 982 5139 2376 2763

34 Bookra 77 614 358 256 0 0 331 229 102 283 129 154 519 239 211 28 280 104 176 95 43 52

35 Gadrata 520 3315 1748 1567 237 227 1458 1005 453 1857 743 1114 1306 523 406 117 783 381 402 2009 961 1048

36 Dhani Bhajnawali 143 938 492 446 25 0 408 270 138 530 222 308 533 347 192 155 186 70 116 405 230 175

Total 21555 132814 69786 63028 21088 3855 79455 49329 30126 53359 20457 32902 53939 35233 26873 8360 18706 7416 11290 78875 35497 43378Source: District Census Hand book - 2001

EIA/EMP R

© 2014 ME

S

S

Tviviasarere1

Hdco

S

TagseCfocohreincatotoaa

eport for Exp

CON Limited, All r

Socio-econo

ampling Des

The sample illage have illages from rea and in ampled villaespondentsespondents.38 persons.

Households/resigned for onsists of fo

CompositEducatioHomesteInformat

(holding

pattern,

Employm

urvey result

The presegricultural ood. Agriecondary s

Climatic conor agricultuommunityolding-size espondentsn marginalategory. Together acotal househre about re also few

ansion of Cop

rights reserved

omic analys

sign and que

of villages abeen selecteeach districthe second

age by simphave been sSamples of

respondents this study ke

ollowing majo

tion and sizenal status

eadtion on agric size, Land u

productivity

ment (source

s: Agricultur

ent survesituation oculture is ource of in

nditions areure. Even th

is seen. wise

s. There ar and 12%Thus, thesccount for holds in the12% medi

w large farm

pper Ore Mini

sis based o

estionnaire a

as well as ted by two-sct have beenstage, hous

ple random sselected ranf 31 respon

were interveeping in vieor sections:

e of family

cultural situause, croppin

y, net return

es of employ

ral situation

ey reveaof the area

observedcome of th

e also not chen a good

Fig. depdistribut

re 52% res% in smallse two cabout 64%

e study areum former

mers (24%)

ing from 1.0 M

on sample s

and analytica

the respondstage stratifien selected oseholds/ ressampling. Fdomly to ac

ndents have

iewed with tew the objec

tion g

etc.)

ment)

als that is not so

d to be e people. conducive d farming picts the ion of

spondents l farmers categories % of the ea. There rs. There .

MTPA to 1.5 M

survey

al framework

dent / houseed random n the basis spondents hrom each sccount intra-

been surve

the structurectives of the

Income (incsources

InformationConsumptioFamily assePeoples’ wilproposed ro

Respondentproject

Distribut

MTPA of Kolih

k

eholds withsampling. Inof its area iave been seelected villa-village variaeyed and th

ed questionnstudy. The

come from v

n on family bon and savint base lingness to uoad

ts' perceptio

tion of respholding si

han Copper M

ChapterPage 10

in each samn the first sn the total selected from

age, at leastability amonge sample co

naire specificquestionnai

various

budget g

use the

n about the

pondents bze

Mine

306

mpled tage; study

m the t two g the overs

callyre

y



Chapter 3Page 107

Agriculture is characterized by mono-crop culture where bajra is the major crop grown in this area. Other than bajra, vegetables, mustard etc. are also grown. The cropping intensity is quite low (about 97.9%). This indicates that the total land holding is not utilized for cultivation and waste / fallow land is there.

General price level of the study area is very high resulting in high cost of living. So is cost cultivation. With rising costs of cultivation, farm families are investing some part of the income from other sources e.g. service, wage labour, self-employment, small business, service etc. in agriculture so as to obtain at least rice and some vegetables, for family consumption. Even then, agricultural remained as backward as it was.

Overall assessment of the agricultural situation leads to the conclusion that the project is not going to cause any damage the existing backward agricultural situation of the area. Agriculture may be benefited from the project by higher investment out of the income to be generated from supplementary sources (i.e., non-farm sources). Hence, the impact of the project on agriculture situation of the study area is expected to be good.

Survey results: Pattern of demand

The survey reveals that the respondents spend major portion of their disposable income on food items. However, as because mining plays a major role in the economics of this area people are quite exposed to consumer society and there has been a growing tendency among the respondents, of higher and higher expenditure allocation on non-food items than before.

Survey results: Employment and Income

Occupational structure of the people of the study area reveals that about 86.8% have cultivation as primary source of income. People engaged in service are 4.3% only 8.9% of the people are self-employed.

EIA/EMP R

© 2014 ME

S

Itfoed

Su

TTmh

eport for Exp

CON Limited, All r

urvey result

t is observedood items. ducation is f

urvey results

The existingTable-3.50.members havigh school a

ansion of Cop

rights reserved

Distribut

s: Consump

d that the mThis is fol

found to be

Source

s: Education

g educationThe table, h

ve educationand intermed

pper Ore Mini

tion of resp

tion behavio

ajor portionllowed by quite low (8

e-wise distr

nal status

al status ohowever, revn at primarydiate levels t

ing from 1.0 M

pondents by

or

of consumpmisc. expe

8.3%) compa

ribution of

of memberveals a mody level and there are ab

MTPA to 1.5 M

y occupatio

ption (45.1%nces (22%)ared many o

family con

rs of the erate picturemiddle scho

bout 15% an

MTPA of Kolih

onal patter

%) goes to m). Average other Indian

nsumption

householdse. About 25%ool level resnd 12% pers

han Copper M

ChapterPage 10

rn

meet the neeexpenditurestates.

is depicte% and 8% ospectively. Insons respect

Mine

308

ed for e on

ed in of the n the tively.



Chapter 3Page 109

Survey further reveals that there are a also graduates (around 12%) and a few post graduates (1.4%). As reported by the respondents, their interest towards education has been increasing due to hope of getting jobs specially in the non-agricultural sources which are going to come up in this region as a result of the mining projects. The construction of roads is expected to increase such aspirations by bringing opportunities of some direct & indirect employment for the local people. People are interested in getting technical education like polytechnic, computer etc. as knowledge-based employment opportunities are coming up. The general awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increase further as a result of the new projects and hence, it can be said that the project has a strong positive impact on the level of education of the people of the study area.

Table 3.50: Educational Status of the people of the Study Area

Sl.No. Level of education No. of persons (%)

1 Illiterate* 37 (26.8)

2 Primary 34 (24.6)

3 Middle schooling 11 (8.0)

4 High schooling 20 (14.5)

5 Intermediate 17 (12.3)

6 Graduation 17 (12.3)

7 Post Graduation 02 (1.4)

* Includes very small non-school going children

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES



Chapter 4Page 110

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The identified impacts due to mining and associated activities have been studied in relation to the following areas:

Land Environment & Surface subsidence Solid Waste Drainage and Water environment Air Environment Noise Environment Blasting Effects Biological Environment Soil & agriculture Occupational Health Socio-economics

4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT AND SURFACE SUBSIDENCE

4.1.1 Topography and Land degradation

The maximum and minimum altitudes of 670m AMSL and 424m AMSL within the ML area occur in the north western and eastern part of ML area respectively. There is an escarpment in the western part of the lease area.

The proposal is expansion of an existing underground mining project, where most of the activities shall be confined to underground. Almost half of the entire waste rock generated during mining shall be used for the filling of exhausted stopes and remaining half rock will be brought to the surface for external dumping in the waste rock dumps. With this the dumping height (over an area of 1.64 ha) will increase to 10 m at 420 mRL. Existing working levels vis-à-vis ground water table is shown in Table 4.1.



Chapter 4Page 111

Table 4.1 : Site elevation, Working level & Ground Water Table (in m AMSL)

Surface elevation : 670 (Maximum) & 424 (Minimum)

Existing working levels:

Status Levels Description

Exhausted

424

Main sump

Service raise equippedwith a separate ladder way.3mX3m waste pass for waste handling.

Ore pass with a X-section of 3m X 3malong with fork raises andgrizzliesat working levels and are equippedwith Teledyne Rock Breakers

364

306

ProductionLevel

246

184

124

DevelopmentLevel

64

0

(-)21 Crushing system

(-)69 Skip loading arrangements

(-)102 Spillage handling system

Ultimate working levels:

Status Levels Remarks

3rd phase expansion

Shaft Sinking up to (-) 220 mRL, Cross Cutting, Extension of existing decline from 74 mRL to (-)140 mRL, Raising

(-)64 Proposed production levels

(-)124

(-)140 ROM BIN Crusher system, Conveyor belt drive, Surge bin, Waste pass

(-)220 Vertical shaft bottom (proposed)

Ground water Table : 389 -386 (35–38 m bgl)

Longitudinal section showing the proposed shaft and ultimate working levels in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/08.



Chapter 4Page 112

4.1.2 Land use alteration

Activity wise land utilization in various stages of mining is given in Table 4.2.The mine being underground, land degradation at surface is meager. It can be seen that out of 163.23 ha, only about 10% (16.46 ha) of the lease area has been utilized so far. In the next 5 years, land utilization shall increase to 11.32% (18.48 ha). At the end of mining, total 25% (40.82 ha) shall come under active utilization.

Table 4.2: Stage wise land utilization (ha) Sl. No. Activities Existing 5th year End of Work

1 * Mining 0.938 0.958 0.958 2 OB /Waste Dump 1.64 1.64 1.64 3 Mineral Storage 0.30 0.30 0.30 4 Infrastructure 4.07 4.07 4.07 5 Green belt/Plantation 1.00 $ 3.00 25.00 6 Roads 1.59 1.59 1.93

7Railways(surface track line)

0.11 0.11 0.11

8 # Subsided area 6.81 6.81 6.81 9 Balance unused area 146.772 144.752 122.412

Total 163.23 163.23 163.23 * - Excavation for Adit and incline. $ - 400 trees to be planted each year. # - Area shall be fenced.

Post mining land use pattern has been explained in Table 4.3. The post mining land use has been illustrated in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/09.

Table 4.3 : Post mining landuse pattern (ha)Sl.No Description

Land use

PlantationWaterBody

Public useUndisturbed

areaTotal

1 External Waste dump 1.64 - - - 1.642 Mineral storage area 0.30 - - - 0.303 Mining - - 0.958 - 0.938

4Infrastructure (Adm. Building, workshop, magazine, township)

- - 4.07 - 4.07

5 Green Belt/ Afforestation 25.00 - - - 25.006 Roads - - 1.93 - 1.93

7Railways(surface track line)

- - 0.11 0.11

8 Subsided area - - - # 6.81 6.819 Undisturbed area - - - 122.432 122.432

Total 26.94 - 7.068 129.242 163.23#area shall be fenced.



Chapter 4Page 113

4.1.3 Waste disposal

As stated in clause 2.8.8, the already accumulated waste is dumped in pre designated waste yard site covering 1.64 ha area located in the barren land within the lease area. The waste dump is partly stabilized with plantation. As the mine is underground, top soil conservation is not applicable.

It is proposed to dump anticipated 2,69,441 m3 of waste rock to be hoisted from underground from the year 2013-14 to 2032-33, over a 20m strip with 10m height. However, this waste rock has been planned to be sold to outside parties on regular basis so that no additional area is required for waste rock dumping.

4.1.4 Surface Subsidence

There is an old subsided area at the hill top caused mainly due to near surface working by small private operators prior to taking up the lease by HCL in 1967. The area is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/3.0. No impact or possibilities of increase of this subsided area is anticipated due to present working at greater depth and sufficient rock strength. However a detailed study on subsidence of Kolihan mine is being carried out by the mine surveying section, department of mining engineering, Indian School of Mines, (ISM) Dhanbad. Subsidence monitoring, prediction, control and prevention have been carried out by ISM, Dhanbad. An interim report (Phase-II [Quarter-I]) on subsidence of Kolihan Copper Mine is annexed as Annexure - 4.1.

As suggested in the report, monitoring the rock mass response to mining activities shall be as follows:

Use of instrumentation such as multi-point borehole extensometers, vibrating wire stress meters, and survey traverses underground to measure displacement of the rock mass during mining.

Installation of a micro-seismic monitoring system to measure and monitor ground noise activity and rock mass and structure response to mining.

Periodic use of physical monitoring techniques such as surface network of survey stations to measure displacement above the proposed underground Mine using prism monitoring (EDM), interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR/DInSAR) satellite technology, GPS observations etc. to determine location, magnitude and rate of ground surface settlement or subsidence related to mining activities. Detail monitoring plan.



Chapter 4Page 114

Following subsidence control and prevention measures are suggested in the subsidence report:

Selection of appropriate stoping method depending on the specific nature of potential future ore bodies, and management techniques can be used to ensure ground surface stability.

Geotechnical mapping of ore development drives and detailed characterization of the rock mass prior to stoping operations to ensure stable stoping spans.

Limiting open stope spans in-spite of the rock mass design charts indicating possibility of larger spans.

Reducing stope spans in areas identified with poorer ground conditions to ensure overall stability during the short cycle life of a stope.

Tightly controlling mining spans in the upper levels of the mine such as the use of the Backfilling mining method in the upper section of the mine.

Prompt back-filling of all stope voids in the mining cycle and some development drives where necessary to ensure long-term stability.

Selective cable bolting of discrete structures to improve stope stability where structures may affect stability.

Leaving a sufficiently sized remnant pillar to separate new workings from the ground surface

Sufficient parting will be left between surface and the stoped out area as a measure against subsidence. Besides, parting among lenses will provide natural support to the strata.

Post-mining stabilization techniques include backfilling, grouting, excavation and fill placement, and blasting might be adopted.

Ongoing use of advanced numerical modeling services calibrated with data collected from the monitoring strategy for continued updating of modeling forecasts.

Sterilization of ore and/or premature cessation of mining if unacceptable levels of ground surface subsidence are forecasted with numerical modeling or measured through the monitoring strategy.



Chapter 4Page 115

4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Anticipated Impacts

Water Source

The study area lies in the semiarid zone where the occurrence and movement of ground water is controlled by the topography and physical characteristics of the study area. There is no source of surface water in buffer zone. Seasonal ephemeral streams flows in the buffer zone during the monsoon. It remains dry for most part of the year. Water pumped out of mine is collected in a surface tank for reuse.

Major ground water resources in the study area are deep wells, hand pumps and deep tube wells. Rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and cervices help for accumulation of water below the ground level. Pre monsoon and post monsoon depth of water levels in village in and around Kolihan mining lease area during Sept ‘2012 and April ‘2013 are given in the Table 3.15.

It has been observed that depth of water level ranges between 1.2 to 40.1 m. In alluvium formations water percolates downwards through pores, while in quartzite and other hard rocks it enters through joints, fractures etc.

The main source of recharge of water in the area is by precipitation falling in the sub watershed. The sub-watershed in which the mine lease falls is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y3/11/S2/6.0.

At present water demand for Kolihan Copper mine is 1150 m3/d. In the expansion phase 1200 m3/d water will be required. As much as 66% of this demand has been planned to be met through recycling as explained in clause 4.2.2.

Water Quality

As already described in Fig: 2.7; clause: 2.9.5, all effluents are collected and re-used for meeting the industrial water requirements of the mine and also for irrigation purposes in green belt development.

Surface and ground water quality is shown in clause 3.4.3.2 and there is no indication that the mine has affected surface or ground water quality. Thus mining and allied operations in the mine are not expected to alter the chemical characteristics of water.



Chapter 4Page 116

4.2.2 Mitigation measures

The area being water scarce, it is important that conservation of water resources is key to deal with the issue. Khetri copper complex as a whole has planned a number of good management practices for water conservation. Water conservation measures planned for KCM are enlisted below:

1. Recycling/reuse

a. About 200 m3/day of mine discharge / seepage water shall be collected and taken back to mine for use.

b. About 400 m3/day of water from compressor cooling, workshop and other mining activities will be recycled and reused.

c. About 200 m3/day of water from township shall be used for green belt development.

2. Rain water harvesting

Thirteen suitable locations for Rain Water Harvesting have been identified by reconnaissance survey and study of the buildings and drainage arrangement in the plant areas and township areas in Khetri Copper Complex. The rain water harvesting potential of the 13 selected locations are given in Table 4.4

Table: 4.4: Rain water harvesting potential:Sl. Location Area Catchment Area

in m2Rain Water HarvestingPotential m3/Year

Remarks

Built-Up

Others

RR01 Nursery School Township 1,976 9,059 2,212 Ground Water

RechargeRR02 Rajasthan High School Township 734 4,024 907RR03 Sophia School Township 2,086 7,624 2,025

TOTAL 5,144 RH01 Administrative Bldg. Plant

Complex 3,888 17,517 4,303

Conservation and Use

RH02 Copper Guest House Township 1,683 21,736 4,121 RH03 Hospital Township 5,551 30,920 7,086 RH04 KendriyaVidyalaya Township 5,676 38,192 8,295 RH05 Central Academy Township 3,196 36,410 7,050 RH06 Horticulture Nursery Township 62 14,649 2,362 RH07 Parade Ground Township 388 71,795 11,609 RH08 Lagoons Plant

Complex NIL 35,077 52,219



Chapter 4Page 117

RH09 Indira Gandhi Park Plant Complex NIL 109,289 18,925

RH10 River Bed TownshipNIL 22,626 62,800

TOTAL 1,78,770 Source: Study on Water resource management at Khetri Copper Complex by Effluent and water treatment engineers (P) Ltd.

In locations RR01, RR02 and RR03 (i.e. Nursery School, Rajasthan High School, and Sophia School) the harvested rain water will be utilized for ground water recharging. The recharge will be made through trenches filled up with boulders with vegetative hedges in the upstream side. Whereas, in the other 10 locations in RH01 to RH10, the harvested rain water will be conserved for suitable use. Details of Rain water harvesting from the study on Water resource management at Khetri Copper Complex is given as Annexure – 4.2.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT


The sources of air pollution in Kolihan underground mine are mainly classified into two categories:

1. Fugitive dust and gases in underground workings:

Fugitive dust is being generated in the underground mine due to drilling & blasting, handling of waste & ore, crushing of ore and movement of machineries (LHD, LPDT etc.). At Kolihan mine, water is sprayed on blasted ore and waste rock in underground to suppress fugitive dusts.

2. Fugitive dust at surface:

ROM ore is being raised to the surface and transported by covered conveyor to the stockpile located within the mine lease and from Kolihan stock pile to KCC concentrator with 7.4 km long Bi-cable Aerial Ropeway.

For air quality modeling, fugitive dust emissions at surface have been estimated using the methodologies outlined in the AP-42 (USEPA) and National Pollutant Inventory (NPI) Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET) for Mining Version 2.3 (DEH 2001) (Australia).

The mining activities/operations considered for air quality modeling are as follows:



Chapter 4Page 118

Loading / unloading operations (stockpile/conveyor/bin)

Emissions from loading were estimated using the default emission factors from the NPI EET Manual (DEH, 2001) recommended for metalliferous operations in the mining area. Emissions for unloading operations were estimated using the equations developed by CIMFR. PM10 default emission factors for Stockpile and Bin has been considered as 0.0017 kg/t and 0.02 kg/t respectively.

Crushing

The technique for estimation of emissions during crushing of ore, as recommended by the EET (DEH 2001) is a simple default emission factor. For primary crushing of low moisture content ores, the PM10 default emission factor is given as 0.03 kg/t.

Dust estimates summary

Activity wise dust emissions during excavation of ore have been estimated. The expected emissions at crusher, bin, stockpile and conveyor have been estimated.

A summary of the dust emission rates for each source identified at proposed mine are summarized below in Table 4.11

Table 4.11: Summary of dust estimations Sl.No

Source Estimated missions

g/m2/s1 Crusher 0.00452 2 Bin 0.00310 3 Stockpile 0.00006 4 Conveyor (housed) 0.0000306

As shown in Table 4.11 crushing plant and bin are the largest source of emissions based on the annual average.

Modeling Methodology

Air quality impacts from the existing and proposed mining have been assessed using the ISC3 computer dispersion model, developed by US EPA. Using the model, maximum 24-hour ground-level PM10 concentrations at the nearest sensitive receiver to the site has been predicted.

ISC3 model is designed to predict ground-level concentrations or dry deposition of pollutants emitted from one or more sources, which may be stacks, area sources, volume sources, open pits or any combination of these. ISC3 is



Chapter 4Page 119

essentially a statistical Gaussian plume model that requires a time series of both meteorological and source emission data.

Air quality modeling was carried out considering the ore production during 2023-24. During that period, ROM capacity of 1.5 mtpa will be attained. ROM ore shall be raised to the surface by a 16 tonnes trolley wire Goodman Locomotive and dumped in the 300 tonnes RCC bin at the surface. Ore from the surface RCC bin shall be conveyed to the surface stockpile (31000 m3 capacity) via. conveyor belt rising at gradient of 1 in 4. Through another belt conveyor the ore is fed to the aerial ropeway system for onward dispatch to KCC.

Bin, stockpile, and crusher house have been considered as area source whereas conveyor gallery has been considered as line source. Grid SystemISC3 can calculate concentrations both on a set grid (typically Cartesian) or at specified locations. In the present study the model was configured to predict the ground-level concentrations on discrete receptors. This grid approach was chosen to restrict the duration of model runs.

Meteorological Data

Meteorological monitoring data (chapter 3) showed that at meteorological monitoring station, the predominant wind direction was from the WSW. During day time the predominant wind direction was found to be NNW (prevailing for about 15.30% of the time) followed by WSW (9.22%) and W (6.95%). Calm conditions prevailed for 36.76% of the time. During night time the predominant wind direction was found to be WSW (7.74%) followed by W (6.16%) and ESE (1.57%). Calm conditions prevailed for 78.90 % of the time.

A time series air quality meteorological data file, containing hourly averaged values of (i) Wind speed and direction; (ii) Ambient air temperature (iii) Pasquill- Gifford stability class; and (iv) Atmospheric mixing height were required for the modeling studies. The wind speed, direction and temperature data were obtained from meteorological measurements recorded at site. Atmospheric stability categories were determined using the net radiation index method, or Turner’s method as described in USEPA (1998). This method estimates stability from solar altitude, wind speed and cloud observations. Mixing heights were collected from the CPCB publication on “spatial variations of mixing heights over India”. Stability, wind speeds, and mixing heights on the day when maximum GLC occurred is given below (Table 4.12)



Chapter 4Page 120

Table 4.12: Meteorological data which gave max. GLC prediction

Hour Wind direction (from)

Wind speed (m/s)

Temp.( o K)

Stability class

Mixingheight (m)

01 277 1.50 302.8 6 100.0 02 288 1.58 302.2 6 100.3 03 288 1.61 301.5 6 200.6 04 273 1.72 300.2 5 248.9 05 274 1.61 300.4 4 380.2 06 276 1.58 299.4 4 411.5 07 262 1.67 299.4 3 542.8 08 264 1.75 300.2 3 974.1 09 269 1.81 300.2 2 995.5 10 262 2.31 302.3 2 1036.8 11 291 2.36 303.3 1 1068.1 12 294 2.81 304.4 1 1099.4 13 283 1.58 306.7 2 1130.7 14 291 1.22 308.2 2 1162.0 15 294 0.64 309.7 3 1162.0 16 268 0.58 310.7 4 1162.0 17 252 0.72 310.5 5 1162.0 18 300 0.56 310.5 6 954.7 19 296 0.33 307.7 6 546.8 20 258 0.14 305.3 6 438.8 21 249 0.56 304.2 6 330.9 22 283 0.81 304.7 6 223.0 23 279 0.78 304.2 6 215.0 24 283 0.97 303.2 6 207.1

Predicted Future Ground-level Dust Concentrations

The predicted concentrations at the nearby areas are summarized as follows:

Table 4.13: PM 10 concentration at core and buffer zone

Sl.No. Location

Station Code

Distance (km) from mine

lease Direction

Contribution due to expansion

( g/m3)

1. Main store A1 Core zone N 162. Tiba Wali Dhani A2 0.35 E 63. Bargarh Ki Dhani A3 4.44 NNE 1 4. Chirani A4 5.80 E 1 5. Khetri Nagar A5 7.00 NNE <1 6. Kharkhara A6 2.18 NW 2 7. Jasrapur A7 4.90 W 1 8. Bagor A8 4.29 S <1

The results indicate that the maximum GLC are likely to occur in the areas surrounding the lease area. Isopleths for PM10 concentrations have presented in Fig: 4.1.



Chapter 4Page 121

Fig. 4.1: Isopleths representing PM10 ground-level concentrations ( g/m3)



Chapter 4Page 122

4.3.2 Management measures

In underground workings: Estimation of adequate air velocity is required for dilution of pollutants adequately. Ventilation requirement of the mine has been estimated based on the proposed production of 1.5 mtpa. While designing the ventilation system present and future production and development program have been kept into consideration. It has been planned that the fumes generated by the diesel equipments and blasting shall be taken out by maintaining an air velocity of more than 30m/min.

Estimation of air quantity requirement:

The estimation of air is based upon the following factors.

a) Manpower

b) Production and Development

c) Dust

d) Explosive

e) Diesel equipments

a) Manpower: The total strength of the persons working is 852 (471 regular and 381 contract). The maximum persons working below ground at a time are 250. Hence, @6.0m3/person/min the amount of air required will be 1500 m3/min. During expansion, additional 150 persons are to be increased per shift; hence maximum persons working below ground at a time will be 400. The amount of air required @ 6.0 m3/person/min will be 2400 m3/ min.

b) Production: The ore is sulphide in nature which is prone to spontaneous combustion; air requirement is calculated on the basis of 2.5 m3/min/tonne of ore produced. At the increased production of 1.5 Mt/y the ventilation requirement will be 12500 m3/min.

c) Dust: The generation of dust below 10 μ size is 5000 to 20,000 /tonne of ore. This requires 2 m3/tonne/min of air for dilution. Requirement of air is 2800 m3/min.

d) Explosive: The face blasting is done between change of shifts and considerable time is available to dilute NOX and CO to the permissible limit. Secondary blasting is done during the shift and it is observed from the analysis of samples that the noxious gases are diluted to permissible limit within the specified time of 15 to 20 minutes. The stope blasting is done once or twice in a week. For this, special ventilation arrangements are made to remove nitrous fumes produced due to blasting. As a rule, it is common practice to go for stope blasting in between the shifts or on off day and no person is allowed to remain in the mine at the time of stope blasting. Sufficient time is allowed to dilute NOX before persons are allowed to go in the mine or the areas of stope blasting.



Chapter 4Page 123

e) Use of diesel powered equipments in underground: As per regulation, at least 5 m3/min/bhp of air should be circulated in the roadways where the diesel equipment is in use.

Engine power of higher capacity equipment (H):

Engine power of smaller capacity equipment (S):

1. EJC 30SX : 240 Kw 322 hp LPDT (EJC-417) 210 hp2. TORO 307 : 150 Kw 201 hp LHD(EIMCO 912 B) 100 hp

Total capacity 523 hp 310 hpVentilation requirement 2615 m3/min/set 1550 m3/min/set

Based of the above inputs, level-wise requirement of ventilation is given for different stages in Table 4.5

Table: 4.5: Level-wise ventilation requirement for projected production levels: Level Projected Production(T) Ventilation Requirement (m3/min)

2013-14 2021-22 2023-24 2013-14 2021-22 2023-24 306 mRL

246 mRL Mt 38250 Equipment S Ventilation 1550

184 mRLMt 316250 Equipment H+S Ventilation 4165

124 mRL Mt 185500 380000 240000 Equipment H 2H HVentilation 2615 5230 2615

64 mRL Mt 480000 480000 Equipment 2H 2HVentilation 5230 5230

0 mRL Mt 150000 480000 Equipment H 2HVentilation 2615 5230

(-) 60 mRL Mt 150000 Equipment HVentilation 2615

Below (-60) mRL till (-140)

Mt 60000 90000 150000 Equipment 2S 3S 5SVentilation 3100 4650 7750

Crushing Ventilation 2000 2000 2000

Total Mt 600000 1100000 1500000 Ventilation 13430 19725 25440

S: Smaller capacity equipments H: Higher capacity equipments



Chapter 4Page 124

The maximum air requirement for the projected production level of 1.5 mtpa is 25,440m3/min. As already stated in clause 2.8.4, existing exhaust air quantity is 20,000 m3/min from the mine.

Ventilation System for stoping of lower levels:

New ventilation systems for stoping on lower levels have been planned. In this system the new production shaft and the existing production shaft both will work as intake air ways and adit at 460 ml and decline will work as return of the mine. The fan at 460 mRL adit mouth will remain same and the fan at decline mouth will be up graded to handle 13,500 m3/min of return air. The temperature and humidity conditions are maintained within permissible limits of 30.5o C of wet bulb temperature by proper ventilation. For blind development headings, auxiliary fans are (/ shall be) installed.

At surface:

All roads within the mine lease are metalled roads and they are kept in good repair. Periodically water is sprinkled on these roads in amounts just sufficient to wet the surface.

All personnel working underground and at material handling areas on the surface are issued dust masks. Wearing of dust masks is strictly enforced for personnel engaged in drilling, crushing and ore / waste rock handling.

Gaseous pollutants in the exhaust fumes generated by other machinery are minimized by ensuring vigorous maintenance adhering to stringent overhaul schedules. The repair workshop and maintenance garage, which are equipped with all necessary facilities, ensure upkeep and maintenance of engines.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


The existing noise level in the core zone, as measured is 41.3 - 56.2 dB (A) during day time and 35.1 - 44.5 dB(A) at night.

Noise levels may increase marginally in core zone and some buffer zone villages due to proposed increased handling of ore at surface. Noise levels at the surface work zones were also measured and found to be well below 90 dB(A) for 8 hours exposure, expect at locations near stock pile and fan house. The high noise level at fan house is due to the broad band noise which gets generated along with discrete frequency noise because of the flow vortices in fluid mixing



Chapter 4Page 125

zone and eddy formation. However, the personal exposure is less than 90 dB (A) because workers working in such noisy areas wear personal noise protection equipments (ear muffs and ear plugs).

In the underground work zones, the main source of high noise levels is from auxiliary fans that typically produce 90 to 110 dB(A) and are usually suspended in levels close to ear level. The noise stems from the motor and from air turbulence, mainly at the intake end. Vibration transmitted from the fan housing to the duct and the suspension system propagates as noise. Also, noise from operation of machines in confined spaces normally exceeds 90 dB(A). Noise due to blasting is of transient nature and depending on the distances involved, can reach the peak action level of 120- 140 dB(A). Work zone noise level at the surface is expected to increase marginally due to increased handling and transportation of ore. Measures suggested below shall reduce the noise level.

4.4.2 Mitigation measures

Noise level shall be maintained below 90 dB (A) in surface and underground work zone (for 8 hours exposure). Noise levels are expected to increase at work zone with increase of mining and allied activities. The following measures will be taken to reduce noise levels.

As existing noise level near the ventilation fan house at surface is high and is one of the major sources of noise at surface, during normal operation fan balancing, bearing lubrication, fastener tightness shall be regularly checked to limit undue noise and vibration. To reduce broad band noise at fan outlet dissipative type silencer shall be provided to limit the noise within acceptable limits.

Air intakes will be fitted with silencers containing synthetic fibre sound absorption material, reducing noise by as much as 11 dB(A). However, this is at the expense of some loss of fan performance. Consultation with the fan suppliers is recommended.

Drill machine operators and LPDT/LHD operators have been issued earplugs and earmuffs. Duty hours of operators of noisy machinery will be regulated to keep their noise exposure levels within limits.

The crusher has independent block foundation isolated from other supporting structure. Crusher internal elements are covered by casing to reduce



Chapter 4Page 126

transmission of impact noise. Use of synthetic chute linings and acoustic curtains shall further attenuate noise.

The use of synthetic screen mats in place of metal plate or woven wire has great noise reduction benefits. Other systems include synthetic chute linings and partial or even full enclosure of the units.

The noise generated by vehicles on roads can be minimized by good maintenance of vehicles used on the road, good maintenance of the road (the better the road, the less noise), good control of the speed of vehicles and low gradients on haul road near workplaces.

Noise is often generated at the loading and discharge areas in feeders and conveyors, control measures include reducing impact noise by keeping some material in bins and hoppers when operating, reducing the drop height, using stone baffles and chute linings, using spiral chutes or lined cascade towers for longer falls and maintaining the conveyor idlers to minimize squeal.

Plantation around office building and mine to reduce noise exposure level.

4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT


As already indicated earlier, 161.83 ha out of 163.23 ha of the lease area is forest land. This area has not been utilized nor there any proposal to do so under the proposed expansion programme. In the proposed expansion project, most of the activities shall occur deep underground and hence hardly cause any noticeable impacts at the surface. No destruction of vegetation shall take place.

The vegetation of the forest land in the lease area is sparse and is dominated by Prosopisj uliflora and Euphorbia caducifolia. This forest land has been preserved. On the other hand, extensive plantation has been carried out in the mine lease including the mines area and the town-ship. The areas where plantations and green have been developed and future plantation area is shown in Fig. 4.1. This has increased green cover.



Chapter 4Page 127

Photo: 4.1: Plantation developed within Kolihan M.L.

As regards impact on wildlife, the wild life in the core zone and its vicinity are confined to common small species, found on the outskirts of villages in most parts of India. 14.52 ha of surface land has been utilized for the project. Some animals such as rabbits, jackals, foxes squirrels etc. may have been displaced by the project. On the other hand the extensive plantation within the acquired land has provided a habitat for several species of birds, squirrels, mongoose, reptiles etc.

The mine has been in operation for more than forty years now. The resident fauna have become habituated to the project’s activities. Under the proposed expansion programme, the land use within the mine lease will remain unchanged as most activities of the expansion programme will take place deep underground. The additional ore from the expanded mine will be transported by aerial ropeway and will hardly have any effect on the local fauna. Moreover, local people have traditionally protected wildlife and the same shall continue.

4.5.2 Mitigation Measures

The mine authorities shall further add to the plantations they have already created within the mine area. The following local plant species are proposed to be planted under the expansion programme:

Acacia nilotica : Desi Babool Acacia leucophloea : Raunjh Acacia senegal : Kumtha



Chapter 4Page 128

Azadirachta indica : Neem Holoptelia integrifolia : Churail Zizyphus spp. : Ber

All these species have been successfully planted in Jhunjhunu District. All of them prevent soil erosion and provide food and shelter for native fauna.

Almost the entire mine lease area is located in forest land. Hence the mine authorities shall take the advice / concurrence of the State Forest Department while identifying the new plantation areas and selecting species for plantation. Saplings for planting will be procured form the nurseries of the State Forest Department.

Saplings will be planted @ 700 trees / ha after the commencement of the monsoons. The plantation will be nurtured / maintained for five years at the end of which the trees are expected to have become established. During this five year period, casualties will be replaced at the beginning of each monsoon.

Progressive development of plantation will be carried out in the north eastern corner of the lease. Requirement of saplings are indicated in Table 4.6.

As discussed above, the proposed expansion project will hardly have any effect on wildlife. However, the strong light in the project premises during night may cause disturbances to the fauna in the near by areas. It has been planned that all the light posts erected along the mine and township boundaries will face inwards and down wards (with reflectors facing the mine area and downwards), so that the light does not spread out side the project boundaries. In addition the project authorities may arrange to provide food (fodder, grains) and water for wildlife especially during drought in consultation with local Forest Department officials and villagers.

Table 4.6: Requirement of Saplings for afforestation / Reclamation Year Un-worked area &

green belt Outside dump

Mineral storage area Total

Area(ha)

TreesArea(ha)

TreesArea(ha)

TreesArea (ha)

Trees

Existing 1.00 400 0.00 - 0.00 - 1.00 400Existing - 5th year 2.00 1400 0.00 - 0.00 - 2.00 1,4005th year - conceptual 22.00 15,400 0.00 - 0.00 - 22.00 15,400Post mining - - 1.64 1100 0.30 200 1.94 1,300Total 25.00 17200 1.64 1100 0.30 200 26.94 18500



Chapter 4Page 129

Plantation will serve the following purposes:

Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due to material handling and allied activities at the surface Attenuate noise generated by the mine. Increases green cover and improve aesthetics. Provide habitat for native fauna Attract animals to re-colonise the area when the mine is abandoned.

Plantation in Vacant Areas

Saplings will be planted in pits at about 3.5 - 4 m intervals so that the tree density is about 700 trees per ha. The pits will be filled with a mixture of good quality soil and organic manure (cattle dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste). Since, tests have shown that availability of potassium is low; potash fertilizers will also be added. The saplings will be planted just after the commencement of the monsoons to ensure maximum survival. The species selected for plantation must be locally growing varieties with fast growth rate and ability to flourish even in thin, dry soils.

Post Plantation Care

Immediately after planting the seedlings, watering will be done. Further watering will depend on the rainfall. In the dry seasons watering will be regularly done. During March to June, one year old saplings will be watered at least every alternate day; during December to February watering shall be done twice a week and during October & November, the saplings will be watered once a week. Two - four year old saplings will be watered at least twice a week during March – June and at least once a week during the other non-monsoon months. Organic manure (animal dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste, etc.) will be applied. Younger saplings will be surrounded with tree guards. Diseased and dead plants will be uprooted and destroyed and replaced by fresh saplings. Growth / health and survival rate of saplings will be regularly monitored and remedial actions will be undertaken as required.

4.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Occupational health and safety (OHS) aims to prevent accidents and diseases related to work place. The OHS recognizes the connection between the workplace, worker health & safety, and the environment outside the workplace. Effective workplace health and safety programmes can help to save the lives of workers by reducing hazards and their consequences. Health and safety programmes also have positive effects on both worker morale and productivity, which are important benefits. HCL management emphasizes to address all work-



Chapter 4Page 130

related hazards including statutory requirements in order to create and maintain a safe and healthy workplace for their employees.

4.6.1 Major activities

Kolihan copper mine employs a total of 879 employees (including 351 contractual) as on 01.04.2013. Maximum persons working below ground at a time is 250. The major activities at the mining complex are:

Table No. 4.7: Major activities at the mining complex Sl.No.

Area Major activities

1. Mining

Drilling Blasting Excavation of loosened mineral and waste rock and loading on to dumpers Ore and OB transport OB dumping Ore stacking and reclamation

2. Mineral Beneficiation

ScreeningCrushing Washing Material transfer

3. Auxiliary Services

Repair and maintenance of HEMMs and other machinery Operation of water pumps

4.6.2 Occupational risks

The principal occupational risks at the mine complex are: Hazards associated with handling of explosives and blasting Diseases / disorders due to dust inhalation Diseases / disorders due to exposure to noise and vibrations Accidents involving HEMMs, vehicles Accidents during handling of heavy tools and tackle Accidents involving electrical equipment / installations Accidents in conveyors, crushers, beneficiation plant, loading area etc. Accidents involving fall from height



Chapter 4Page 131

4.6.3 Exposure assessment

Category wise deployment of workers in different operations of the mine complex, where there is some hazard, is as follows:

Table 4.8: Category wise exposure assessmentSl.No

HazardousOperation

No. of workers engaged

Nature of Hazard

Duration of exposure (hrs/day)

Remarks

HCL Contractors

1 Drilling Nil 99 Health problem due to Noise & Dust inhalation

5hrs./day/man

Underground

2 Handling of Explosives & Blasting

8 57 Accident due to Explosion / Fly rock throw

6hrs./day/man

Underground

Health problem due Noise, Dust inhalation

3 Loading of ore

24 22 Risk of accident 6hrs./day/man

Underground

Health problem due dust inhalation

4 Unloading of ore

45 Nil Risk of accident 6hrs./day/man

Underground

Health problem due dust inhalation

5 Operation of pumps

6 Nil Noise 5hrs./day/man

Underground

6 Machinery operation

3 15 Risk of accident 8hrs./day/man

Surface

Health problem due to Noise

7 Lightvehicle operation

8 Nil Risk of accident 4hrs./day/man

Surface

Health problem due to noise



Chapter 4Page 132

8 Crusher & ScreenOperation

3 Nil Health problem due to Noise, Dust inhalation

6hrs./day/man

Underground

9 Maintenance Noise, Heavy equipmenthandling, dust, fire, intense heat & light (duringwelding),electric shock, fall from height.Mechanical

105 63 6 hrs./day/man Underground

Electrical52 8 6 hrs./day/man Underground

Civil 4 Nil 6 hrs./day/man Surface

4.6.4 Preventive Steps for Occupational Safety

The preventive steps (management measures) are planned to create a healthy and hazard free working environment. Effectiveness of the preventive steps is examined through regular safety audits, medical records, accident statistics etc.

The preventive steps (management measures) are discussed below. Effectiveness of the preventive steps is examined through accident statistics and medical records.

1. Rules and Safety guidelines as issued by Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) through various circulars are followed. Depending on the hazards at worker’s assigned work area, personal protective equipments (PPE) viz. helmets, safety boots, ear plugs / ear muffs dust masks etc. have been provided to work persons. Some PPEs like welding goggles, gloves etc. are kept at work places. The mine has a dedicated Safety Department headed by a Safety Officer. PPEs are issued to contractual workers also. Safety boots are issued every 12 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. He is assisted by trained personnel whose responsibility is to enforce safety regulations.

2. All new recruits are given basic training on safety before being actually deployed in the mines. Air quality, water quality and noise levels are monitored regularly. The effects of these environmental attributes on the workers health are communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the Mine’s Safety Officer and the Medical Officer.



Chapter 4Page 133

3. Risk assessment is carried out in the mine on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk ratings and controls and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions. Also, Safety Audit is carried out in the mine on a regular basis. The goal of Safety Audit is to identify hazards, determine risk factors and device control measures which are implemented to mitigate the hazards. Internal Safety Audit is also conducted annually to augment the findings.

4. A pit safety committee (PSC) has been constituted. The pit safety committee (PSC) is headed by the AGM (Mines) who acts as President of the Pit Safety Committee and the Manager (Mines) acts as the Secretary of the PSC. 16 member list of the PSC as on June 2013 is given in Table 4.9 below:

Table 4.9: Pit Safety CommitteeS.N Name Designation Status in Committee

1. Sh. N. K.Bhakat AGM (Mines) President

2. Sh.P.K. Singh Sr. Manager (Mines) Secretary

3. Sh. J.C. Agarwal AGM(Mech) Representative(Mech)

4. Sh. S. Guha Chief Manager(Elect) Representative(Elect)

5. Sh.U B Bhatt Chief Manager(Mines) Representative(Mines)

6. Sh.A.K. Sharma Chief Manager(Mines) Engineer–in–Charge (TCL-MMPL)

7. Sh PPN Sharma Asstt.Manager (HR) Member

8. Sh R N Singh Sr. Manager (Mines) Member

9. Sh. Gopal Singh Manager (Mines) Member

10. Sh.BabuLal Asstt.Manager (Mech) Workman Inspector (Mech)

11. Sh.Chhotu Ram Asstt.Manager (Mining) Workman Inspector(Mining)

12. Sh.P.N.Mathur Electrician Grade A Workman Inspector(Elect)

13. Sh. A.R.G.Verma Site Incharge(TCL-MMPL) Representative(TCL-MMPL)

14. Sh.Raghubir Singh Mining Mate Member

15. Sh. MuktiLal Mining Mate Member

16. Sh. Maliram Auto Electrician Member

17. Sh.Nasaruddin Helper Member

The functions of PSC are as follows: • Visit various working areas of the mine (mine pits, beneficiation plant, ore

handling plant, workshop, electrical premises, loading area etc.) at least once a month and meet the workers to discuss matters regarding safety and invite their suggestions on the same.



Chapter 4Page 134

• Review all accidents (including minor ones) reported since the last visit and suggest measures to prevent recurrence of the same. • Enquire into all serious accidents that are referred to PSC by the Mines Manager for enquiry. • Discuss recommendations of Inspector of Mines on matters of safety and DGMS violations placed by the Mines Manager before the PSC for information and necessary action. • Take active part in organizing and observing Mines Safety Week. • Undertake publicity and propaganda work at the mine for creating safety awareness amongst the workers.

The pit safety committee conducts meeting once in a month and also implements the recommendations of the meetings within 15 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations. In the next meeting, review is done of the minutes of the previous meeting and discussions held on the current inspection of the committee.

1. The mine has a dedicated training and safety department which caters to both statutory and non-statutory training of its employees. Statutory training mainly comprises of basic training, refresher training, first-aid training and training on fire fighting. Non-statutory training such as cost control, skills & efficiency development, quality improvement, environmental awareness and competence training are conducted regularly. Faculties from different departments are invited from time to time. Besides, the department organizes Periodical Medical Examination (PME) of regular employees and contractual workers. The Department is headed by Senior Manager (Mining) I/c Training & Safety.

Details of training imparted in last nine years is given in Table: 4.10

Table 4.10: Training imparted in last nine yearsS.N Training No. of persons Category 1. Refresher training 80 (till Aug 2012) HCL

36 (till Aug 2012) Contractor 114 (2011) HCL86 (2011) Contractor

2. Training on Fire Fighting 15 HCL

3. First aid training 18 Mining Mate 06 Blaster 10 Mining Foreman



Chapter 4Page 135

2. The explosive magazine has been constructed and is operated in accordance with the rules and guidelines of the Department of Explosives. In order to prevent accidents and occurrence of work related diseases / disorders, the Mine’s Safety Committee has adopted the following blasting protocol:

a) Transportation of explosives. b) Precautions to be taken before and at the time of charging. c) Precaution after blasting.

(a) Transportation of explosive.

(i) The explosive shall be transported in a special container made for the purpose with lock in the container. (ii) The quantity of explosive should not be more than its capacity fixed by the competent authority. (iii) The transporters should have a proper training for carrying of explosive.

(b) Precautions to be taken before and at the time of charging.

(i) The charging place should have been fenced properly to avoid the sudden entry of unauthorized workers. (ii)Put the guard or fencing at upper level and lower level entry. (iii) At the time of charging blaster and its helper should not wear nylon clothes, socks and non conductor shoe to avoid accumulation of static charge. (iv) Before firing blaster should be confirmed about the right connection and the area is free from the men & warning has been given before firing.

(c) Precaution after Blasting.

(i) After blasting, there will be no entry before entry time fixed by the mines manager.(ii)After declaration of place safe, the persons will go for working.

4.6.5 Accident Analysis

Accident statistics, job-wise accident analysis, cause-wise and part of body-wise accident analysis are given in Tables 4.11.1, 4.11.2, 4.11.3 and 4.11.4 respectively.



Chapter 4Page 136

Table 4.11.1: Year-wise Accident Statistics for the Last Six Years Sl.No.

Particulars 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012

1. Fatal Accident 0 1 0 0 1 0 2. Serious Accident 1 1 0 1 2 0 3. Reportable Accident 0 6 8 4 12 21 4. Total Accident 1 8 8 5 15 21 5. Total Man days Lost 36 6795 334 113 6595 944 6. Total Man days Worked 197474 211989 216.665 232296 235947 232268.5 7. Frequency Rate 0.63 4.72 4.61 2.69 7.95 11.30 8. Severity Rate 22.7 4000.8 192.69 60.8 3443.89 508.03

Table 4.11.2: Job-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years Sl.No.

Job 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man days

lostInjuries Man days




lost

1. Drilling 3 294 1 12 2. Tramming 1 179 3 98 6 6136 6 362 3. Supporting 1 66

4. ShaftMaintenance 1 15 3 128

5. Electrical 1 276 1 68 1 44 6. Pipe Fitting 1 6 2 252 7. Supervision 2 6028 1 11 3 302 3 24

8. Materialshifting 1 18 2 151 1 15 4 93

9. Line Loader Operation 1 5

10. Loco Operation 3 85

11. Man winding by Skip

Total 8 6795 8 334 15 6595 21 944

Table 4.11.3: Cause-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years Sl.No.

Cause 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man days





lost

1. Fall of persons from Height 1 128 3 312 3 5372

2.Fall of person on Same Ground

2 6028 1 11 4 103 6 102

3. Struck By 4 626 5 172 7 6142 6 148 4. Struck Against 3 63

5. Caught in Between 2 141 1 23 1 38 3 94

6. Sudden Flash of Electric

Total 8 6795 8 334 15 6595 21 944



Chapter 4Page 137

Table 4.11.4: Injury-wise Accident Analysis for the Last Five Years Sl.No.

Body Part 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man days





lost

1. Hand 1 123 2 79 3 311 2 22

2. Upper Arm 1 18 1 12 3. Wrist 1 63 2 70 4. Finger 2 294 2 29 4 122 5. Hip 1 29 6. Thigh 1 8 7. Foot 1 28 2 110 8. Burn 9. Knee 1 179 1 15 10. Leg 1 118 1 128 3 32 7 155 11. Multiple Parts 2 6053 3 98 2 6009 5 563

Total 8 6795 8 334 15 6595 21 944

4.6.6 Evaluation of preventive steps Rules and Safety guidelines as issued by Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) through various circulars are being followed.

Risk assessment is carried out in the mine on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk ratings and controls and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

Assessed risks and steps for prevention and control of loss / damage due to accidents are communicated to employees through hoardings, boards, posters and internal company communications.

Health impact assessment is carried out through:

Surveillance of the factors in work zones and work practices, which may affect workers’ health. Periodical medical examination. 20% of the workers undergo a medical examination every year in order to detect the onset of any work related disability / disorder / illness.

At the mine site there is a First Aid Centre located at the surface. There is also one First Aid Centre located at each working level underground (Photo 4.2).These are always manned. An ambulance is always available for casualty evacuation at the mine. All Blasters, Mining Mates, Foremen, 2nd Class Mines Managers and 1st Class Mines Manager have been trained in 1st Aid.



Chapter 4Page 138

Photo 4.2: First Aid Centre in Underground

HCL has a well equipped hospital located at Khetri Copper Complex (KCC) Township about 10 km from Kolihan Mine. This hospital is a 60 bedded multi-speciality hospital with facilities for X-ray, ECG, Pathology, Ultrasonography, major and minor surgeries and casualty department. A 4-bedded ICU and a blood bank are being added. The hospital has 13 doctors, including one chest specialist, and 90 other medical staff. The hospital presently does not have any orthopedic surgeon or ophthalmologist on its staff. However orthopedic surgeons and ophthalmologists at nearby towns are on call to deal with emergencies.The hospital is operational round the clock. After 1st Aid, serious casualties are evacuated to HCL’s KCC Hospital. If required, the patients are referred to Jaipur or Delhi. In this regard HCL has tie-ups with a number of super speciality hospitals at Jaipur as well Delhi. The hospital has three ambulances on call round the clock.

There is also a small dispensary at Kolihan minetownship manned by one doctor and 17 paramedical staff. This dispensary has an ambulance for evacuating serious cases.

Occupational Health Survey

Occupational Health Survey is carried out to assess the existing condition and to check the effectiveness of the management measures. In order to detect onset of any disease / disorder which may be attributable to the conditions prevailing in the work zones, all newly appointed workers undergo a comprehensive



Chapter 4Page 139

medical examination (Pre-Employment Medical Examination) and subsequently a Periodical Medical Examination (PME) at regular intervals.

At present, occupational safety and health surveillance of the mine’s workforce is being undertaken by HCL’s KCC Hospital. One of the doctors at the hospital has been made responsible for occupational health surveillance. He has attended specialized 3-months’ training in occupational safety and health at Regional Labour Institute, Kolkata.

All workers undergo a PME every 5 years; however workers whose age is >45 years the PME is done every 3 years. All contractual workers also undergo medical examination. The findings are maintained in each worker’s individual medical record which is maintained throughout his duration of service. Once a worker’s medical file is opened, it is never closed. At present there is no protocol for disposing off old medical records. These records are both manually maintained as well as computerized.

The medical investigations undertaken during various medical examinations are:

• Physical examination covering height, weight, pulse, blood pressure, chest examination (full inspiration & full expiration), CVS examination (Auscultation – S1S2, Additional sound) and neurological examination.

• Routine blood check up including Hb%, DLC, TWBC, blood sugar (fasting and random) and lipid profile. Urine examination (routine and microscopic)

• Spirometry (Lung-function test). • ECG• Chest x-ray; All x-ray plates are compared with ILO slides of pneumoconiosis • Eye tests (Activity tests – Power, Colour blindness etc.) • Hearing tests with tuning fork (Audiometer being procured) • Liver function tests are carried out in doubtful cases only.

At present lung function tests are outsourced. However the necessary equipment is under procurement. Suspected cases of Pneumoconiosis are referred to specialists at Jaipur / Delhi. The resources of KCC Hospital are being augmented keeping in view keeping in view HCL’s proposed expansion programme.

Workers engaged in food handling (e.g. canteen workers) undergo all routine tests every year, routine examination of stool and sputum examination for A.F.B. twice a year. Heavy equipment handlers undergo all above routine tests every year and Refraction Tests twice a year.



Chapter 4Page 140

In addition to the above, employees who are irregular on duty undergo random medical tests. The above tests are carried out at the KCC Hospital. A three tier health monitoring programme is in vogue at KCC Mines. The hospital has an Occupational Health O.P.D. Centre, which is run by Occupational Health Physician.

The duties of the Occupational Health Centre are:

• Detection of Occupational Health Hazards • Detection of pneumoconiosis • Prevention of occupational health hazards • Conduction of health awareness and education programmes • First Aid Training and Retraining for different Certificate Courses • Follow-up Care and Rehabilitation • Hygiene survey in canteens (every month) • Record maintenance.

The following equipment / instruments are available at KCC Hospital for undertaking necessary medical examinations:

• Sound Level Meter : One • Noise Dose Meter : One • Dust Sampler : One (Envirotech APM 410) • Human Vibration Unit : One • Audiometer : One (under procurement)

Vitalograph• Radiograph Facility (500 mA) : One • Lung Function Test : One (under procurement) • Standard Set of ILO Radiographs : One

If a person is found to be suffering from some work related disorder, he is treated suitably at the KCC hospital or referred to SMS Hospital at Jaipur or to specialized hospitals at Delhi or elsewhere as per need. If deemed necessary, the worker is redeployed elsewhere in the mine either temporarily or permanently. The course of action taken is recorded in the worker’s medical file. The annual financial outlays for environmental and occupational health activities are given in Table 4.12.



Chapter 4Page 141

Table 4.12: Annual Budget for Occupational Health Activities Head Annual Budget (Rs. in Lakhs)

Safety Appliances 36Pollution Control 05Periodic Medical Examination 05Medical benefits for retired employees

Medical help available in-house being provided

All new recruits are given basic training on safety before being actually deployed in the mines. Air quality, water quality and noise levels may affect the workers’ health. Therefore these attributes are monitored regularly. Effects of these environmental attributes on the workers health are communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the mine’s Safety Officer and the Medical Officer.

The Safety Officer is responsible for the purchase and issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, safety belts, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. taking employee strength into consideration and distributed to both company employees and contractors’ employees. Safety boots are issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipment are issued.

Even after the mine’s closure, if any worker is diagnosed with a disease resulting from exposure to hazards while working at the mine, he will be compensated as per prevailing company rules.

Evaluation of Findings The number of employees covered under PME during last 4 years is as follows:

Table 4.13: Results of Periodical Medical Examination

Patients suffering from hypertension and diabetes were referred to the

Sl.No.

YearNo. of

Employees

Abnormal Findings PFT

restriction(mild)

PFTrestriction(moderate)

Failed in Audiometry

test

Eyedefect

1 2009 154 Nil Nil Nil Nil2 2010 86 Nil Nil Nil 013 2011 165 Nil Nil Nil Nil4 2012 116 Nil Nil Nil 02



Chapter 4Page 142

department of medicine, SMS, Jaipur for management and were subsequently followed up at KCC Hospital.

Patients suffering from diminished vision and cataract were referred to the department of Ophthalmology SMS, Jaipur Hospital, for further management. Patients suffering from sensory neural hearing loss were followed by the ENT Specialists at SMS Hospital and job profiles of those workers were changed.

4.7 SOCIO ECONOMICS

Socio-economic survey findings and secondary data have been discussed in chapter 3 under 3.4.9, Social impact assessment is included in chapter 5 under clause 5.1 and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities are detailed in Chapter 8.

ADDITIONAL STUDIES


©, 2014 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved

Chapter 5Page 143

5.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

5.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

5.1.1 During Field Study

Peoples' perception regarding the project is an important issue. An opinion poll was conducted as part of field survey. The results of this poll are furnished in Table 5.1.It is observed that about 71% of the respondents are optimistic about the project because of the employment opportunity, specifically, the direct and indirect jobs for the local people in the expansion project. 61% of them are optimistic about peripheral development. Development in business activities is another important point raised by the respondents (around ~23%).

So far disadvantages are concerned, 45% of the respondents are worried about the problem due to mining activities. About ~26% of respondents have opined about possibility of health hazards. 49% of the respondents complained about the facilities provided by HCL.

Table 5.1: Peoples’ Perception Regarding the Project Sl. No. Perception Respondents (%)

A Advantages 1. More employment opportunity 71.0 2. Better business prospects 22.6 3. Peripheral development 61.3 B Disadvantages 1. Pollution 45.2 2. No facility from HCL 49.0 3 Damage to health 25.8

5.1.2 During Environmental Public Hearing

Public Hearing was held on 27.12.2013 at Rajeev Gandhi Sewa Kendra, Gram Panchayat: Nanu Wali Bawdi; Tehsil: Khetri; Dist: Jhunjhunu for the above unit in the chairmanship of Shri J.P.Meena, Chief Executive Officer, Jhunjhunu Zila Parisad. On behalf of Rajasthan Pollution Control Board Shri Pradeep Bhardwaj, Regional officer, Sikar has participated in this hearing.

Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same has been given in Annexure 5.1



Chapter 5Page 144

5.2 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

As discussed in chapter 3 (under clause 3.8) a socio-economic survey was undertaken in the study area. Sample size, data etc have been presented in chapter 4. Survey was conducted on Composition and size of family, educational status, homestead, information on agricultural situation (holding size, Land use, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.), employment (sources of employment), income (income from various sources, information on family budget, Consumption and saving, family asset base and respondents' perception about the project.

Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed expansion activities are not going to create adverse impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. There will be no displacement of population due to expansion of the project. Item-wise predicted impacts are given below:

5.2.1 Impact on Agricultural Situation

Overall assessment of the agricultural situation leads to the conclusion that the project will help agriculture by higher investment out of the income to be generated from supplementary sources (i.e., non-farm sources) due to the project. Hence, the project is likely to have beneficial impacts of the project on agriculture situation. No agriculture land would be used under the expansion programme of the mining project.

5.2.2 Impact on Pattern of demand

With the implementation of the project and further development of the locality new type of demand pattern may emerge which is likely to place more importance on modern consumer goods and quality products. Hence, the impact of the project on the pattern of demand can be reasonably predicted as a shift from food to non-food items i.e., a consumer behaviour which may closely follow the Engel law. This is not a bad indication provided considerable income is earned by them; otherwise, if the shift is a substitution of necessary food requirements then it is not desirable in true socio-economic sense.

5.2.3 Employment and Income effect As mentioned in Chapter 2 (Clause 2.11), at present the mine employs 674 persons, and there shall be no increase in manpower due to the expansion phase. It may be noted that most of the mine workers are local people. Increased production at the mine is likely to increase the employees’ income by way of increased productivity linked variable pay. Besides direct employment, mine expansion shall generate substantial indirect employment. The indirect employment and income effects are much larger than the direct effects of the project.



Chapter 5Page 145

Overall assessment of the employment and income effects indicates that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact on employment and income generation.

5.2.4 Consumption Behaviour

To investigate the consumption behaviour of the respondents in detail, Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) is calculated by fitting the consumption function. The results of the regression analysis performed for fitting the consumption function are presented in Table 5.2. It is observed that the function gave uniformly good fit to data because R2 is high (0.936%) and parameters are also found to be statistically significant at 1% level. The MPC worked out on the basis of the fitted consumption function is 0.482.

Table 5.2 : Fitted Consumption Function Form of the fit Regression parameters

a B R2

Cj = a + b Yj + U

Where, Cj = Consumption of the jth respondent Yj = Gross income of the jth respondent

12809.9 0.482

(20.60)*

0.936

Figures in ( ) indicate t-values * Significant at 1% level

Effort is taken here to work out the multiplier effect of investment on the people of the study area. The calculations are done using the following model:

Considering that the consumption behaviour of the respondents closely follow the following type of consumption function:

C = a + bY (1)

In equilibrium,

Y = C + I (2)

Where, Y = Gross income, C = Consumption and I = Investment

Putting (1) in (2),

Y = a + bY + I

=> Y = (1 / (1-b) * [a +I] (3) Where, 1 / (1-b) is the multiplier.



Chapter 5Page 146

Assuming that consumption behaviour of the people in the study area closely follows this fitted consumption function; one can easily see that existing size of the multiplier is 1.9. Hence, investment on this project and the consequent generation of additional income will have strong multiplier effect in raising average consumption.

The proposed project is going to have positive income effect and consequently, the multiplier effect is expected to lead to an overall increase in average consumption of the people of the study area. Therefore, one can conclude that the impact of the project on consumption behaviour of the local people is likely to be satisfactory and positive. HCL has also undertaken socio-economic measures for the socio economic upliftment of the nearby villagers through CSR (explained in clause 8.8; Chapter 8).

In addition to the above HCL undertakes the following for local villagers’ benefit:

In case of direct manpower required for mining and mineral handling operations, local people are employed as much as possible subject to rules and procedures in vogue in HCL.

Mining and mineral handling involve transportation activity for day to day operation. Substantial amount of revenue is generated by transportation activities along with employment e.g. labour, helper etc. Project authorities give preference to local people while engaging contractors for material transportation or at least for loading and unloading.

5.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment has been carried out for the proposed expansion of Kolihan mine, and based on the same; disaster management plan has been prepared which is as follows:

During the operation of the underground mine, following risks have been identified.

1. Roof fall in drives/ cross cuts 2. Mine inundation 3. Fly rock from blasting operations 4. Fire (electrical and oil). 5. Possible Danger due to storage and handling of explosives

5.3.1 Roof Fall

Accidents due to roof-fall occur in mines due to:



Chapter 5Page 147

Excessive weight of superincumbent strata Relative directions of cleats and headings Inadequate support Workings approaching faults or other disturbed strata Zones of high concentration while working near worked out area

Systematic Timbering

Following systematic methods are being used in supporting the roofs of mine workings.

Supports already installed during development in accordance with the support plan shall be suitably integrated into the support system envisaged under these rules so as to consolidate support and safety.

1. All levels, cross-cuts and draw point drivages within 30 m of advancing face or stoped out area including the stope development, sub level drivages shall be supported be chock mats set at a maximum interval of 3 m or by rock bolts in the following manner –

(a) No rock bolts shall be less than 1.5 m in length and 20 mm in dia.

(b) The rock bolts shall be provided in grid pattern, the distance between adjacent rock bolts in the same row and also between rows of rock bolts shall not be more than 1.5 m. The distance of a row of rock bolts from the side of the drive shall not be more than 1.5 m. Provided that if the width of the drive/X-cut is such that two rows of rock bolts cannot be provided in the manner specified above, two rows of rock bolts shall be provided at a distance of 1 m from either side of the drive.

(c) The rock bolts may be fixed by any method but it shall be ensured that they are properly put into the place with adequate anchoring strength.

2. All junctions within 30 m of the advancing face shall be supported by either cross bars set on cogs/chock mats or on props not more than 1.2 m apart or by means of rock bolts in the manner specified in clause 3.

3. The edges of the draw points shall be supported by cable bolts set at 1.5 m interval along the strike of the stope so as to effectively isolate the draw points from the advance effects of the stoping operation before starting stoping. The holes for cable bolting shall be at least 6 m in length and drilled in the direction of extraction drives at an angle of inclination of approx. 50˚ with the horizontal.



Chapter 5Page 148

4. All faults, visible slips, breaks and other geological disturbances in the roof shall be supported by cogs at intervals of 2.4 m on either side of such disturbances and with cross bars across them at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m.

5.(a) Props shall be set on solid floor and not on loose packing or material. They shall

be kept tight against the roof. Where props are to be set on loose material, a flat base piece not less than 5cm thick, 25cm wide and 1.7m long shall be used.

(b) The lids and wedges used with the prop shall have a width not less than the dia. of props, a thickness not less than 8 cm and a length not less than 0.5 m.

6. Supports already set in accordance with these rules shall not be removed unless the same are replaced by other equally effective supports to ensure security of the roof and sides at the places where persons are recruited to work or travel.

7.

(a) No timber which is less than 15 cm in dia shall be used for the purpose. (b) The sleepers used in construction of cogs and chock mats shall not be less than

1.5m in length and of size not less than 100mm x 100mm.

Additional supports shall be erected as and when necessary.

5.3.3 Inundation

In an underground mine, inundation occurs due to:

Weak ground below surface water body leading to water entering mine

Work zone may be overlain by water bearing strata and pillar fractures and faulty roof may admit water

Surface water may enter through inclines, shafts or adits

Contact with old water logged workings in the vicinity

In case of Kolihan mine, the existing mine entries are located on a hill slope with necessary precautions for preventing storm water flowing down the hill slope from entering the mine. Since there is no perennial water source nearby and the mine entries are located at hill slopes (at higher altitude) possibility of inundation is ruled out. Relevant regulatory requirement is: Every entrance into the mine should be more than 3.5 m above the High Flood Level (HFL) at that point.

However following maintenance measures are adopted:



Chapter 5Page 149

Obstructions in normal drainage system etc. are checked regularly. During rainy season, blockage of drains may occur, which needs to be cleared.

Standing orders for withdrawal of persons from mine in case of apprehended danger have been framed and enforced.

The mine has adequate pumping capacity. Standby pumping arrangements are also available.

5.3.4 Blasting related hazards at underground work zone

All precautions related to blasting, as prescribed in Metalliferrous Mines Regulation, 1961 and circulars issued from time to time by Director General of Mines safety (DGMS), will be followed before , after and during the blasting operations.

5.3.5 Fire

Spillage of HSD and resultant fire constitutes a potential risk. At the mine there are two HSD storage facilities.

Diesel powered HEMMs are used in underground for mining activities. The quantity of the maximum fuel oil which can spill is not much and can be easily controlled. Sufficient nos. of portable fire-extinguishers have been provided in office buildings, stores below ground machinery, electrical sub-stations and especially at strategic locations near the fuel store, and DG sets to take care of any eventuality. The distribution and selection of extinguishers has been done in accordance with the requirements of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS): 2190-92. All areas have been covered by manual protection system i.e. portable extinguishers, sand buckets. If necessary additional fire fighting resources can be made available from KCC.

The Fire Station has following facilities:

Fire Fighting agents Fire Fighting equipment Mobile Fire Fighting Equipment Safety equipments like fire shoes, fire blankets, breathing apparatus, portable detectors. Centralized Fire Alarm Panel Supervisory and control panels Emergency communication

As soon as any fire is reported the shift-in-charge shall assume the function of disaster controller. In case of serious fire and depending on the gravity of the situation, the Mines Manager / General Manager (Mines) may be summoned to assume charge. Personnel trained in dealing with fires will be summoned. Meanwhile



Chapter 5Page 150

the hospital will be informed to standby to handle casualties. The fire area will be cordoned off till the fire is fully extinguished and remain so until all wreckage and debris is cleared away.



Chapter 5Page 151

5.3.5 Danger due to Storage and Handling of Explosives

An explosive magazine has been set up at Kolihan. Details of magazine are given clause no. 2.8.1.3; chapter 2. Adequate safety zones have been provided as per statutory requirements while locating the magazines. The magazines have been constructed as per plans approved by Department of Explosives. The following have been considered in the design of the magazines.

All dry vegetation within a 15 m radius has been cleared. Lightning arrestor has been installed on the magazine roofs. A safety zone of prescribed width around the magazines has been created. In summer, the temperature inside the magazines is monitored to guard against spontaneous fire. The manufacturing dates of all explosives stored in the magazines are carefully recorded so that no explosive whose shelf life has expired is kept in stock.

All workers have been informed that in case of any fire, whosever notices the fire will sound the alarm and inform the shift-in-charge. The shift-in-charge will inform security personnel and arrange to evacuate all personnel, except those who are required for fire fighting, from the area. The fire brigade shall be summoned to deal with the emergency. Concerned district officials will be informed. The hospital will be informed to standby to handle casualties.

At Kolihan Mine a Pit Safety Committee (PSC) has been constituted to supervise safety issues. The composition of the PSC and its duties has been described in Chapter 4 (under Clause 4.6.2).

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM



Chapter 6Page 152

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures envisaged are critical activities in implementation of the expansion project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are performing according to the plan. This provides necessary feedback for project management to keep the program on schedule. The purpose of the environmental monitoring plan is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project is achieved and accrues desired benefit.

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broad objectives of monitoring plan are:

To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP.

To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment.

To suggest improvements in environmental management plan, if required.

To enhance environmental quality.

To implement and manage the mitigation measures defined in EMP.

To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and

evaluation of mitigation measure.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES TO BE MONITORED

6.2.1 General

Several measures have been proposed in the environmental mitigation measures for mitigation of adverse environmental impacts. These shall be implemented as per proposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance to environmental regulation and also to maintain a healthy environmental condition around the mine.

Major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in natural environment that could be associated with the mining activity. It is essential to determine whether the changes are in response to a cycle of climatic conditions or are due to impact of the mining activities. In particular, a monitoring strategy shall be chalked out to ensure that all environmental resources, which may be subjected to contamination, are kept under review and hence monitoring of the individual elements of the environment shall be carried out.

A dedicated department, called the Environmental Cell (EC) shall be formed to look after all environmental aspects including regulatory matters of the mine. During the



Chapter 6Page 153

operational phase, the EC shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EC by following an implementation schedule.

A dedicated Mine Environmental Committee (MEC) shall be formed to look after the environmental issues pertaining to the mine’s environment. The MEC shall include engineers, geologist, surveyor, Environmental Engineer, Chemist, Medical Officer, Training Officer, Occupational Health In-charge, workmen, workers’ union representatives etc.

In case of any alarming variation in ground level concentration of pollutants in ambient air, work zone air, noise, roof failure, condition of garland drains, retaining walls, mine water sump, etc. shall be discussed by MEC with the Pit Safety Committee and concerned mine authorities (on a monthly basis). Any variance from norms is reported for immediate rectification action at higher management level.

The environmental attributes to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and effectiveness of various mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during the expansion plan are described here under.

6.2.2 Maintenance of Drainage System

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all garland drains/catch drains especially the drain which regulates the mine discharge water. The drains leading to the nearby streams shall be regularly checked and cleaned to ensure their effectiveness. This maintenance shall be carried out before and during the monsoon season.

6.2.3 Green Belt Development & Plantation

Green belt development vis-à-vis safety zone management and progressive plantation in and around the mining complex shall continue to improve the green cover in the area. The data on area of green cover, survival rate etc shall be compiled for periodic review. The following plan shall be made for future program:

Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted are made. The fulfillment of the plan is monitored by the MEC every six months in consultation with team of horticulturist. A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in every monthly meeting. Any abnormal death rate of planted trees shall be investigated.

Watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be carried out for minimum 3 years.



Chapter 6Page 154

6.2.4 Occupational Health and Safety

At present at Kolihan Mine, routine medical examination of personnel is being carried out in a systematic program at the company’s hospital. The same procedure will be followed for personnel working in the expanded mine. A systematic programme for medical check-up at regular intervals shall be followed for all workers to ascertain any changes in health condition due to the working conditions. Details of occupational health management is explained in clause 4.9; chapter 4.

6.2.5 Socio-Economic Development

HCL’s successful CSR activities have played a significant role in the peripheral development of the region around Kolihan mines. The expansion project will further improve the infra-structure and economic conditions leading to overall socio economic development of the region. The communities, which are benefited by the mines, are thus one of the key stakeholders for the mining project. HCL has planned structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures taken by HCL and also to elicit suggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area.

6.2.6 Surface subsidence monitoring

Subsidence measurements shall be based upon survey of the vertical and horizontal displacements that may take place on the ground. A variety of specific methods may be used depending on the objectives, site, spacing and number, duration and cost. The actual range of subsidence may vary between a few meters to as much as several hundred meters vertically, and horizontal displacement may occur as well.

It is important in monitoring subsidence that full coordinates (x, y, z) are measured in order to track the progress of ground movements. Surveying techniques are generally deployed for such measurements. Sometimes direct measurements of displacements or slope or deformations in rock mass or convergence in the workings may be carried out for some specific studies.

The measurements of horizontal and vertical displacements is accomplished by laying down a number of survey monuments or stations on the surface along fixed lines and measuring the changes in their spatial positions by surveying techniques.

Monitoring shall be undertaken on a regular basis to measure ground surface movements. This data shall be used to assist with making future subsidence predictions. It shall be also used to compare predictions with observations.



Chapter 6Page 155

6.2.7 Baseline data monitoring

In KCM complex, baseline data is being generated for meteorology, ambient air quality, ground water quality, effluent water quality, ambient noise level and work zone noise levels since long at the core and buffer zones. Brief description of the monitoring parameters to be followed during the expansion period for Kolihan copper mine shall be as follows:

6.2.7.1 Meteorology

It is necessary to monitor the meteorological parameters regularly for assessment and interpretation of air quality data. Continuous monitoring will also help in emergency planning and disaster management. As explained in Table No. 6.1 and 6.2, the mining complex has a dedicated continuous meteorological data logging system. The meteorological station monitors ambient air temperature, wind speed & direction, rain fall and relative humidity. During expansion phase the same process will continue.

6.2.7.2 Air Quality

Ambient air quality will be monitored quarterly by HCL at 6 locations (including one within 500m from the working area in predominant wind direction) covering the surrounding areas of the core zone and work zone air quality from 4 strategic locations like near stock pile, near mine office, near ventilation fan house (return air) and at mine faces will be monitored in accordance with statutory guidelines as shown in Table No. 6.1 and 6.2.

6.2.7.3 Noise

Ambient noise levels will be monitored quarterly by HCL at 5 locations covering the surrounding areas of the core zone and work zone noise levels from 4 strategic locations like near stock pile, near mine office, near ventilation fan house (return air) and at mine faces will be monitored in accordance with statutory guidelines as shown in Table No. 6.1 and 6.2. The MEC shall keep a record of noise levels and take necessary organizational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal protective devices etc.

6.2.7.4 Ground Water Monitoring

Ground water shall be sampled from one from core zone and one in down gradient w.r.t. the KCM complex to check the trend of variation in the water quality, if any.Ground water quality is being monitored quarterly at 2 locations as shown in Table No. 6.1 and 6.2.



Chapter 6Page 156

6.2.7.5 Effluent Quality

Mine discharge water from the mine sump and effluent from oxidation pond at KCM shall be monitored quarterly for standard effluent quality parameters as shown in Table No. 6.1 and 6.2.

6.3 SOCIAL ATTRIBUTES

Social impacts due to the mine shall be monitored. HCL will encourage peoples’ participation in formulation of CSR schemes through need based survey and suggestions from villagers on regular basis.

HCL will also consult district administration concerning their ongoing schemes for upliftment of the socio-economic condition of the region.

HCL will monitor and control the implementation of various schemes under CSR programme.

The details of the ongoing activities under CSR scheme is given in chapter 8.

6.4 MONITORING PLAN

6.3.1 General

The target for the MEC for implementing the environmental monitoring plan on a short-term basis would be to:

1. Assist engineering team with the incorporation of EMP requirements in contract specifications and contract terms and conditions;

2. Undertake and/or co-ordinate all internal compliance monitoring and evaluation and external monitoring only through approved consulting agencies;

3. Advice the top management on all matters related to environmental requirements of the project;

4. Provide all necessary specialized environmental expertise as needed during the project period.

5. Arrange for training on possible environmental and occupational & safety related impacts and EMP

6. Arrange displaying EMP related action plans in conspicuous places 7. Arrange disseminating environmental related information viz. compliance status

monitoring data, afforestation statistics etc. at conspicuous places 8. Displaying safe and environmental friendly operating control procedures at

conspicuous places

The long-term objective of MEC would be to build environmental awareness and support, both within and outside the mine lease area. The other long-term tasks



Chapter 6Page 157

would be to develop environmental training program for the target groups of different disciplines of the mines.

The environmental monitoring plan contains:

Performance indicators

Environmental monitoring program

Progress of Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements

Budgetary provisions

Procurement Schedules

6.3.2 Performance Indicators

The physical, biological and social components identified to be particularly significant in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as Performance Indicators (PIs). The performance indicators will be evaluated under two heads:

a) Environmental condition indicators to determine efficiency of environmental management measures in control of air, noise and water pollution

b) Environmental management indicators to determine compliance with the suggested environmental management measures.

The Performance Indicators and monitoring plans will be prepared for the project for effective monitoring.

6.3.3 Environmental Monitoring Program

The Environmental Monitoring Plan during the expansion phase of the project, for each of the environmental condition indicator is given in Table 6.2.

The monitoring plan specifies:

Parameters to be monitored

Location of the monitoring sites

Mitigation measures & cost

Applicable standards

Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision



Chapter 6Page 158

Table 6.1: - Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Issue/ Impacts

Significance of monitoring (Location, coverage and frequency given in Table:6.2)

Institutional Responsibility*

1. Meteorology Meteorological parameters through a continuously monitoring system mainly to study air pollutants dispersion MEC / R&D

2. Ambient Air Quality To be monitored to assess health impact on neighbouring region MEC

3. Work zone Air Quality To be monitored to assess health impact on employees MEC

4. Ambient Noise To be monitored to assess health impact on neighbouring region MEC5. Work zone Noise

levels To be monitored to assess health impact on employees MEC

6. Surface Water Quality To be monitored to assess health impact on neighbouring region MEC

7. Ground Water Quality To be monitored to assess health impact on neighbouring region MEC

8. Roof fall Regular inspection will be carried out to look for roof fall in u/g mine Mine manager/ Surveyors / Safety Officer

9. Surfacesubsidence Inspection of Subsidence monitoring pillars at surface, load cells in underground Mine manager/ Surveyors

10.Green Belt & progressive afforestation

Progressive afforestation, green belt development & maintenance of safety zone. MEC



Chapter 6Page 159

Environmental Issue/ Impacts

Significance of monitoring (Location, coverage and frequency given in Table:6.2)

Institutional Responsibility*

11.Occupational Health IME, PME, Health Survey in neighbouring region Chief Medical Officer

12.CSR Activities Need based development in neighbouring region CSR cell Note: MEC = Mine Environmental Committee, CSR = Corporate Social Responsibility, RSPM = Respirable suspended particulate matter, RPM = Respirable particulate matter, SO2 = Sulphur di-oxide, NOX = nitrogen oxides, CO = Carbon monoxide * Ultimate responsibility: Top Management

Proposed parameters, coverage and frequency of baseline environmental data during the expansion period for Kolihan copper mine isgiven in Table 6.2

Table 6.2: Coverage and frequency of Environmental Monitoring Programme

Sl. No. Component Parameter Frequency No. Location of monitoring stations

1. Meteorology

Ambient air temperature, Wind speed & direction, Rain fall, Relative humidity

Continuous 1

2. Ambient Air Quality

RSPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, & CO Quarterly 6

Kolihan Mine Site (core zone), Khetri town (d/w) Rajota (d/w) Bhopalgarh (d/w) Chirani (d/w) Kharkhara (control)

3. Work zone air quality

RSPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, & CO Quarterly 4 Stock pile

Near mine office



Chapter 6Page 160

Sl. No. Component Parameter Frequency No. Location of monitoring stations

Near ventilation fan (return air) Dust sampling at u/g work zone

4. Ground water Quality

pH, TSS, TDS, Hardness, Calcium, Magnesium, Chloride, Fluoride, Sulphate, Carbonate, Nitrate, phosphate

Quarterly 2 Core zone ground water Ground water – Khetri town

5.Effluent Water Quality

pH, colour, TSS, Sulphide, phosphate, Iron, Arsenic, DO, BOD, COD, Oil & grease

Quarterly 2 Pumped out mine dischgarged water Oxidation pond on KCM

6. Ambient Noise level Ambient Noise level Quarterly 5

Kolihan Mine Site (core zone) Khetri town (d/w) Rajota (d/w) Bhopalgarh (d/w) Chirani (d/w) Kharkhara (control)

7. Work zone Noise level Work zone Noise level Quarterly 4

Stock pile Near mine office Near ventilation fan (return air) Mine working (LHD operation)

KCM complex also conducts an environment audit through third party to ensure the environment performance. Any corrective action as suggested by these third parties is implemented.



Chapter 6Page 161

6.3.4 Environmental Laboratory

At present, the environmental monitoring is being carried out by R&D division of KMC complex. Some part of the monitoring is outsourced. Besides, R&D division of KMC, it is proposed to set up a dedicated environmental laboratory to carry out the necessary environmental monitoring for all the projects. The instruments / equipment required for the laboratory are listed in Table 6.3.

Table 6.3: Equipment Required for Environmental Laboratory Sl. No.

Equipment Numbers Required

1 PM10 Sampler 42 Spectro-photometer 13 Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer 14 Noise Meter 15 pH Meter 26 Flame Photometer 17 BOD Incubator 18 COD Digester 19 Magnetic Stirrer 110 Balance (Analytical – Electrical) 211 Muffle Furnaces 112 Autoclave 1 13 Water Distillation Apparatus 114 Glass Ware Lot 15 Hot Plates 2

6.3.5 Progress Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented in the project. The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures are critical activities in implementation of the project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback for the project management to keep the program on schedule. The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of Environmental Management Plan get implemented inthe project. Important reports to be maintained for environmental monitoring plan are given in Table 6.4.



Chapter 6Page 162

Table 6.4: Important reports to be maintained for EMPSl. No.

Particulars

1. Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals 2. Field monitoring results for air, water, noise, meteorology 3. Complaint register ( socio-environmental aspects) 4. Format to record /monitor plantation measures 5. Environmental and related standards/norms 6. Code of actions for pollution control in defined areas 7. Medical examination records 8. Inspection records of roof fall, drainage, subsidence, socioeconomic

development 9. Records on water and electricity consumption 10. Periodic progress records 11. Environmental audit records 12. Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution

control

6.3.6 Emergency Procedures

Suitable emergency procedures will be formulated and implemented during mining operations tackling of emergency situations arising out of the proposed expansion operations. Procedures for the following emergency situations shall be formulated:

Roof fall FirePossible danger due to storage and handling of explosives

6.3.7 Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Monitoring Plan

The capital cost for expansion of Kolihan mine for expansion of ROM production from the present level of 1.0 Mt/yr to 1.5 Mt/yr has been estimated to be about Rs. 314 crores (Rupees Three hundred and fourteen crores.

The updated capital cost and recurring cost (per annum) for the environmental facilities for the proposed expansion of the existing underground mining project works out to Rs. 112 lakhs (Rupees One Crore and twelve lakhs) and Rs. 84 lakhs (eighty four lakhs per year) respectively,



Chapter 6Page 163

based on price prevailing during second quarter of 2013. The orders of costs are presented under various headings in Table 6.5.

Table 6.5: Cost of environmental protection measures*

ActivitiesRecurring cost (Lakhs Rs./yr)

Capital cost (Lakhs Rs.)

Pollution control 10 25a

Pollution monitoring 20 80b

Occupational safety 10 15c

Green belt & plantations 04 02Socio-economic welfare measures in nearby villages

40 -

Total 84 112 *Cost of mine closure plan (indicated in the Mining Plan report) has not been included here.

Note: a = Surface drainage (garland drains, settlement pits, retaining wall etc.) + dust suppression

system. b = Cost of setting up Environmental Laboratory. c = Procurement of safety appliances

6.4 UPDATING OF EMP

The directives from RSPCB, MoEF and the regulations in force at any time shall govern the periodicity of monitoring. However it is suggested that the implementation of various measures recommended in the Environmental Monitoring Programme be taken as EMPs in the ISO –14001:2004 system to effectively implement the measures for continual improvement in environmental performance. BS: OHSAS: 2007 will be implemented for the expanded mine also in phases.

6.5 COMPLIANCE STATUS OF EARLIER ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

Compliance status of earlier Environmental Clearance accorded by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) vide letter No. J-11015/378/2007-IA.II(M) dated 4th March, 2009 is attached as Annexure 6.3.

ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF EMP IMPLEMENTATION



Chapter 7Page 164

7.0 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF EMP IMPLEMENTATION

7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND INSPECTION/AUDIT

7.1.1 HCL Environment Management Policy and System

Hindustan Copper Limited is fully committed to the concept of operating in an environment-friendly atmosphere. In addition to the environmental protection measures that were in-built with the original project, additional steps have been taken to conform to all the regulatory standards prescribed by the Pollution Control authorities.

The ambient air quality is regularly monitored at the mines, process plants and residential areas of all units. The air pollution control projects, which were commissioned previously for meeting Pollution Control Board standards for gaseous emission from smelters and other plants, continued to be operational. An environment audit has been carried out during the year through an expert agency. Remedial measures based on their recommendations are being implemented at all the units.

The ambient air quality is regularly monitored at the mines, process plants and residential areas of all units. Effluent treatment facilities installed at the units of the Company worked satisfactorily and met regulatory norms set by State Pollution Control Boards. Recycling of process-discharged water after treatment also continued throughout the year. Solid waste from plants and hospitals was properly treated and safely disposed off or stored. To protect the environment and maintain ecological balance in the surrounding areas, Company undertakes tree plantation in and around its production units on a regular basis. Further, measures have also been taken to protect flora and fauna. Stress was given on housekeeping, cleanliness, hygiene and safety throughout the year at all units. Environment related workshops and seminars were conducted during the year.

The Corporate Environment Policy of the company is enclosed as Annexure: 7.1

7.1.2 Organizational Structure & Responsibility

In addition to regular operational roles & responsibilities defined for the HCL personnel directly or indirectly have a role to play towards effective environment management in Kolihan mining project. All personnel responsible for environment management at the mining project will be responsible for implementing the policy and the environment management plan. The entire HCL team will co-operate with government agencies and other stakeholders who may have environmental concerns with the project.



Chapter 7Page 165

Any employee who observes any unsafe working condition or non-compliance of environment standard / procedure shall report the same to his supervisor. The Supervisor shall report the same to the Safety Officer who in turn shall inform the Mine Manager. The Mine Manager shall inform the higher management. Depending on the magnitude / extent of the non-compliance, the concerned authority shall take appropriate action.

Non-compliance of environmental standards / guidelines shall be first reported to the Environmental Officer, who shall inform the Mine Manager and so on. The non-compliance reporting and action plan flow chart is illustrated as Fig. 7.1.

Fig. 7.1: Non Compliance Reporting Protocol

7.2 ORGANISATIONAL SET UP

7.2.1 Manpower

Observer of Non Compliance (Safety)

Mine Supervisor

Safety Officer

Mine Manager

General Manager (Mining)

Director (Mining)

Board of Directors

Chairman cum Managing Director

Environment Officer

Observer of Non Compliance (Environment)



Chapter 7Page 166

As mentioned in Chapter 6, a separate Environmental Cell (EC) will be formed at the mine. The EC of the mine will be headed by an environmental engineer who will be designated as “Environmental Officer”. In his day to day work he will be assisted by chemists, laboratory assistants and other officials of R&D division. Services of retired forest officials will be taken for effective implementation of plantation schemes, if required. For development and maintenance of jobs like drainage, clearing settling pits etc. assistance from the mine’s civil engineering department are taken. The officers of the EC will meet frequently to assess the progress and analyze the data collected during the preceding fortnight/ month Total manpower of EC is shown in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Manpower requirement at EC Description Nos Environmental Engineer 1Chemist 2 Laboratory assistants 2Field assistant 2Gardeners 2 Labourers 2

The duties of EC include the following:

The EC shall oversee that environmental control measures are implemented as

per approved plan

Plan for conservation of water and energy

Identify and record the constraints in respect of environmental planning and

implementation

Systematically document and maintain records w.r.t environmental issues

Organization field monitoring of environmental quality through accredited

laboratory

Monitoring of green belt and plantation development

Compliance of environmental regulations and specific stipulations of regulatory

authorities

Communication with concerned department (of the mine) on environmental

issues. The same are also discussed with the top management of the company.

Interaction and liaison with State / Central government departments / agencies.

For successful implementation of the environmental management plan, other agencies of the State may also be involved by the mine if required (for regulatory requirement or technical support).



Chapter 7Page 167

Table 7.2: List of Coordinating Agencies, which may be involved for specific Environmental Activities

State Level Agency SFD RSPCB DOH Urban Ministry

District Level DFO R.O. Exe. Engg.

RDA

Project Area: Plantation Programme Study Area: Air, noise, water quality, waste water discharge quality monitoring. Project Area: Ambient air monitoring, work-zone air, work-zone noise, effluents from outlet of effluent treatment plants, fugitive emissions

Project Area: Solid waste / overburden Project Area: Human Health Study Area / Project Area Interface: Road safety measures

Index: SFD – State Forest Department RSPCB – Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board DOH – Department of Health RDA – Regional Development Authority DFO – Divisional Forest Officer

RO – Regional Officer State Pollution Control Board

Local NGOs will also be identified at the district and block levels to provide help and advice for implementation of EMP especially on matters related to community development programmes.

7.2.2 Training

For the proposed expansion project, additional training facilities will be developed for environmental control. For proper implementation of the EMP, the officials responsible for EMP implementation will be trained accordingly.

The training will be given to employees to cover the following fields:

Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection to all. Operation and maintenance of specialized pollution control equipment. Operation and maintenance of specialized environment monitoring instruments Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures. Occupational health/safety. Disaster management. Environmental management. Afforestation / plantation and post care of plants. Risk assessment and Disaster Management.

PROJECT BENEFITS



Chapter 8Page 168

8.0 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

Following benefits will accrue from this expansion project:

8.1 FACILITATES EXPANSION PROGRAMME OF KHETRI COPPER COMPLEX (HCL)

The Company has prepared an action plan to expand its mine capacity from existing 1.0 Mt/y to 1.5 Mt/y by 2023-24 at an estimated capital expenditure of Rs 314 crore. Eight different mining projects of HCL in the state of Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand and Rajasthan are being implemented. Selection of EPC contractors for execution of the eight mine projects has been completed.

8.2 UTILISATION OF EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURES

Substantial jump of ROM capacity has been planned and most of the infrastructure required already exists at the Kolihan site since the mining complex is operating since 1966. The existing facilities will be augmented for expansion of ROM production. The expansion will further strengthen the industrialization of the backward area.

8.3 STRONG EMPLOYMENT GENERATION POTENTIAL

The project has strong positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as indirect. Mining and mineral handling involves transportation activity for day to day operation. Substantial amount of revenue is generated by transportation activities along with employment e.g. labour, helper etc. Project authorities give preference to local people subject to rules and procedures in vogue in HCL. Temporary man power will be arranged through the registered co-operative labour society of the surrounding mining area.

A section of local youth shall be trained in phases so that they can take up some jobs (mining contractor ship, building contractor ship, supply of mining materials and also small scale rural business developments) of their own (self employment) or in mines (on contract basis) or elsewhere.



Chapter 8Page 169

8.4 BOOST IN AGRICULTURAL SECTOR

The proposed expansion may help agriculture by way of providing supplementary income which may result in increase investment in agriculture and consequently, agricultural production.

8.5 INCREASED AWARENESS FOR EDUCATION

Since the inception of Khetri Copper Complex, of which Kolihan is a part, many Government and private schools and colleges have come up in the area and the literacy rate has gone up. Further expansion of the project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education among the people of the study area.

8.6 REVENUE TO EXCHEQUER

The enhanced copper production of the project will obviously generate additional revenue for central and state exchequer.

8.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) AND PERIPHERAL DEVELOPMENT

As per the directives of the Govt. of India, HCL has envisaged its policy on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). HCL has formulated CSR policy for showing its commitments towards economic as well as social development. The company’s CSR policy recognizes that its business activities have direct and indirect impact on the society. The policy also aims improving the quality of life of the workforce and their families as well as of the local community and society at large. Depending on the profit of the company, CSR activities are decided every year by the Board of the company.

8.8 CSR ACTIVITIES BY KOLIHAN COPPER MINE

A list of CSR activities along with expenditures done by Kolihan copper mine (KCM) of Khetri Copper Complex (KCC) during last five years is given in Table no. 8.1.

Table 8.1: CSR activities by KCM in nearby villages (2008-2009 to 2012-2013) Year Expenditure Details of CSR activity

2008-2009 Rs. 11,21,559/-Inter loaning of SHG Jetropa Nursery, setting up of vermiculture units, plantation of Jetropa at field, selection of community mobilizers, environment



Chapter 8Page 170

building by Kala Jatha / Puppet show, slogan writing, health camp, orientation of man’s health groups on personal health and hygiene etc.

2009-2010 Rs. 4,72,00/-

Inter loaning of SHG Jetropa Nursery, setting up of vermiculture units, plantation of Jetropa at field, selection of community mobilizers, environment building by Kala Jatha / Puppet show, slogan writing, health camp, orientation of man’s health groups on personal health and hygiene etc.

2010-2011 Rs. 21,96,123/-

Cow shed leveling, cleaning intake path, clean of Bawadi, installation of 25 scholarships in surrounding villages, woman and animal health camp formation of self help group.

2011-2012 Rs. 39,34,641/-

2012-2013 Rs. 2,17,00,000/-

Table 8.2: Village wise number of beneficiaries of CSR activities by KCC Sl. No. Name of village Men Women Total 1. Kharkhara 1500 1307 28072. Jasrapur 6594 6056 126503. Chaonra 4200 3500 77004. Nanuwali Bawadi 4631 3999 86305. Dhani Bhargara 301 261 5626. Manota Kalan 1320 1083 2403

The major CSR activities of HCL can be grouped as following are given below

Water Supply Public health and Sanitation Education & Training Village Infrastructure & Livelihood Plantation

Water Supply

Sub Activity Kharkhara Jasrapur Chanwara

No. Cost No. Cost No. Cost

a New Borewell with water tank

b New Borewell and repairing of e iting Water

tank1 3



Chapter 8Page 171

c Construction of water tank and Electrical Motor

with all Fittings1 1.5

Sub Total 0 1.5 3

Public Health and Sanitation



a Health camp with use of existing Mobile unit 2 0.2 2 0.2 2 0.2

b Shed for existing for existing Mobile unit

c IEC 1 0.1 1 0.1 1 0.1

d Individual Toilets 25 3.375 20 2.7 20 2.7

e Eye camp 1 0.75 1 0.75 1 0.75

f Sokata Pit 5 0.25 6 0.3

g Contraction of Urinal at Bus Stand 2 0.6 1 0.3

h Animal Health Camp 2 0.6 2 0.6 2 0.6

Sub Total 5.625 4.9 4.65

Education & Training



a Vocational Training on Regjian Bag and Machine

Distrubution1 2

b Vocational Training on Motorcycle repairing 1 1.5

c Vocational Training on House Wiring & repairing 1 1.5

d Vocational Training on Bengal Making

e Vocational Training on Papad Badi Making 1 0.8

f Vocational Training on Darri Pati Making

g Sport Kit Distribution 3 0.24 5 0.4

h School Dress as Bag Distribution 60 1.2 100 2

i Event of Competition on Balji Mela Festival 1 0.5

j Toys Distribution in Anganwadi Centers 5 0.25

k Intrerstate Skill Training at NAC, Hyderabad 10 1.2

l Female Literacy 1 0.8 1 0.8 1 0.8

m E posure Visit 2 1 2 1 2 1

n Distribution Dam Patti 3 0.45



Chapter 8Page 172



Sub Total 5.69 2.45 9.3

Village Infrastructure

Sub Activity Kharkhara Jasrapur ChanwaraNo. Cost No. Cost No. Cost

a Community Hallb Additional Class Room 2 3c Bus stand waiting Room 1 1.5 1 1.5d Repairing of Health Sub center

Sub Total 1.5 1.5 3

Livelihood



a Solar Light 13 6.5 13 6.5 13 6.5

b Nadep compost Pit 10 1.2 20 2.4

c Sprinkler System Distribution 15 1.5 15 1.5 20 2

d Revolving Fund Support to SHG 2 1 2 1 2 1

Sub Total 10.2 9 11.9

EIA/

EMP

Rep

©2014

ME

Ph

otopo

rt f

or E

xpan

sion

ECONLimite

d,Allrights

Ph

oto

8.1:

Hea

lt

o 8.

3:

Com

mun

ityn

of C

oppe

r O

re M

sreserved

th c

amp

in K

hark

h

y D

evel

opm

ent

PMin

ing

from

1.0

M

hara

vill

age

doct

rogr

am in

Khe

triMTP

A to

1.5

MTP

A

tor vill

age

PA of

Kol

ihan

Cop

p

Cha

Pag

Ph

oto

8.2:

Pla

Pho

to 8

.4:

Com

mper

Min

e

apter8

ge173

anta

tion

by

stud

e

mun

ity

Dev

elop

meen

ts o

f B

anw

as G

ent

Pro

gram

in B

ovt.

sch

ool

Ban

was

vill

age

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION



Chapter 9Page 174

9.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Kolihan Copper Mine of HCL is a captive copper ore source for Khetri Copper Complex (KCC). In order to produce the increased MIC (Metal-In-Concentrate) at KCC, it has been planned to expand Kolihan copper mine to produce of 1.5 Mt/y of copper ore. Expansion of Kolihan copper mine will partly meet country’s indigenous copper ore production capacity which has paramount importance considering the fact that HCL has exclusive rights for primary copper mining in India.

Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) recommended the Terms of Reference for the EIA study during the meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF for Environmental Impact Assessment of Mining Projects held on June 20-22, 2012 at MoEF, New Delhi. EIA study has been carried out and EMP formulated based on the baseline environmental data generated at site in Post monsoon season, 2012.

Any developmental project brings with it hosts of environmental consequences. The present project is no exception. However, attempts have been made to minimize the environmental consequences and maximize the project benefits by integrating environmental aspects into mine planning.

The issue of surface subsidence has importance in context of Kolihan mine keeping in view the trail of earlier occurred surface subsidence. However adequate measures have been planned for the expansion period to prevent any fresh occurrence of subsidence in future. Availability of water is another area of concern, the area being water scarce. Meticulous water recycling has been planned for minimizing fresh water requirement. No alteration in surface infrastructure is envisaged. There shall be no change in the surface land use.

A number of environmental benefits are inherently ingrained in Kolihan copper mining project which are discussed below:

No rehabilitation and resettlement issues are involved in the project since no private land will be acquired and also no additional land/ surface area shall be required for the expansion.

The ambient air quality is regularly monitored at the mines, process plants and residential areas of all units. Effluent treatment facilities installed at the units of HCL worked satisfactorily and met regulatory norms set by State Pollution Control Boards. Recycling of process-discharged water after treatment also continued throughout the year. Solid waste from plants and hospitals are properly treated and safely disposed



Chapter 9Page 175

off/stored. To protect the environment and maintain ecological balance in the surrounding areas, HCL undertakes tree plantation in and around its production units on a regular basis. Further, measures have also been taken to protect flora and fauna. Stress was given on housekeeping, cleanliness, hygiene and safety throughout the year at all units. Environment related workshops and seminars were conducted regularly.

All mine discharge water, effluent from workshop and other discharges will be collected for treatment. The treated water will be used for meeting part of the mine complex’s industrial water requirements.

In expansion period, ore shall be transported by aerial ropeway to the concentrator plant which is same as the existing practice, obviating pressure on the local road network. In fact the mines have most of the infrastructure existing at the location since long and only augmentation of some of the installations is required for the expansion. Since the mining operations are in vogue since 1965, the neighbouring villages in the impact zone are familiar with the operations.

The area being water scarce, efforts have been taken to conserve water usage through maximum recycling thus minimizing fresh water demand. Entire water through mine seepage shall also be used for industrial purposes after necessary treatment and also the waste water from the township shall be used for horticulture after treatment.

Air quality, water quality and noise levels will not change by any appreciable margin (refer chapter 4). Thus public health is unlikely to be affected by the proposed expansion project.

The mines management has participated and committed for improvement of socio-economic conditions of the local people by generating direct and indirect employment, providing resources for social capital building etc. in a significant way. The operations of mines in surrounding regions have shifted the source of income more towards services and employment over the years.

Keeping in view of the requirement of copper ore for HCL’s growth plan, soundness of environmental strategy formulated for the project and need for development of predominantly backward region, implementation of the expansion program is essential.

The mines management is involved in welfare of surroundings through peripheral development work and CSR activities.

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT



Chapter 10Page 176

10.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

The EIA/EMP report on Kolihan copper mine of M/S Hindustan Copper Limited has been prepared by MECON Limited, a Public Sector undertaking under the Ministry of Steel, Government of India. MECON Limited is accredited by QCI/NABET for preparing EIA/EMP reports in 16 major sectors, including “Mining of Minerals including Opencast/Underground Mining” vide their certificate no. NABET/EIA/1013/031. This certificate was valid up to 30th September, 2013. The surveillance audit was carried out by QCI/NABET during 20 – 22 Feb., 2013. Extension of the validity of Accreditation is extended by 6 months i.e. till 01.04.2014 or till reaccreditation, which ever is earlier. Re-accreditation assessment (stage-III) was carried out by QCI/NABET assessors during 04 – 08 Feb., 2014. Copy of certificate of accreditation by NABET/QCI including extension is given in Annexure – 10.1.

10.1 PROFILE OF CONSULTANT

MECON Limited is a premier multi disciplinary planning, design, engineering and consultancy organization in the country providing services in various technological sectors including ferrous, non-ferrous, power, petrochemical, mining, defense, environmental engineering etc. MECON's corporate Office is at Ranchi and has branches at Bengaluru, New Delhi, Bhubaneshwar, Kolkata, Burnpur, Vishakhapatnam, Bhilai, Durgapur, Rourkela, Bokaro, Mumbai etc. MECON has an established track record of providing its expertise in the area of design, engineering, supply, inspection, project management, construction management, construction supervision, testing and commissioning services for large industrial projects in India and abroad. The company is the first consultancy engineering organization to have certified with ISO: 9001: 2008 certifications for Quality management.

MECON’s consultancy services in the field of Environmental Engineering & Management includes but not limited to Project Specific EIA/EMP studies, Regional EIA Studies, ISO:14000 Consultancy, Environmental Audit, Ground water contamination study, Preparation of industry specific norms for CPCB, Effluent Treatment Plant /Sewage Treatment Plant/Tailing disposal (FR/DPR/DE/Turnkey execution), Socio-Economic study, Rehabilitation & Resettlement study, Environmental Baseline data generation, Environmentally



Chapter 10Page 177

compatible landuse zoning, Air Pollution (Dust Suppression & Dust Extraction Systems)/ Water Management, Ecological study (Terrestrial & Aquatic/ Marine), Rainwater Harvesting. The Environmental Engineering section of MECON has provided services for more than 350 numbers of projects.

Total manpower strength of MECON is more than 1700. MECON’s Environmental Engineering Section is a multi-disciplinary group of 25 engineers, specialists and scientists whose services are backed up by a sophisticated Environmental Engineering Laboratory.

MECON has been accredited for 16 sectors and 11 functional areas. All EIA coordinators and Functional area experts are in-house experts of MECON. Details of the sectors and of the Functional Area Experts of MECON working in Environmental area are given in Table 10.1 and Table 10.2.

Table 10.1 Details of sectors accorded to MECON under the QCI-NABET scheme for accreditation of EIA consultant organization.Sr.No.

Name of the Sector Category

1. Mining of minerals including Opencast / Underground mining A

2. Only offshore oil and gas exploration, development &

Production

A

3. River Valley, hydel, drainage and Irrigation projects A

4. Thermal Power Plants A

5. Coal washers A

6. Mineral beneficiation including pelletization A

7. Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non ferrous) – both

primary and secondary

A

8. Cement Plants A

9. Coke Oven Plants A

10. Induction / arc furnaces / cupola furnaces / submerged arc

furnace / crucible furnace / re-heating furnace of capacity

more than 5 Tonne per heat

B

11. Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and refinery / A



Chapter 10Page 178

petrochemical products), passing through national parks /

sanctuaries / coral reefs / ecologically sensitive areas

including LNG terminal

12. All ship breaking yards including ship breaking units A

13. Industrial estates / parks / complexes / areas export

processing Zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs),

Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

A

14. Ports, harbours, jetties, marine terminals, break waters and

dredging

A

15. Highways, railways, transport terminals, mass rapid

transport systems

A

16. Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facilities

(CMSWMF)

B

Table 10.2 Brief description of the Functional Area Experts of MECON working in the field of Environment.

Sr.No. Functional Area Approved Category

1. Noise A

2. Land Use A

3. Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management A

4.Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of

Impacts A

5. Risk Assessment & hazard Management A

6. Ecology and Biodiversity A

7. Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & prediction A

8. Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation A

9. Socio-Economics A

10. Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control A

11. Geology A

MECON’s Environmental Engineering Section is well equipped with various computerized predictive tools required for carrying out environmental studies.



Chapter 10Page 179

Table 10.3: List of Computer models for Environmental Studies

Developed in-houseMultisource Dispersion Model based on Gaussian Model Screening Model to determine Max. GLC at most unfavorable meteorological condition Determination of Atmospheric stability Noise Propagation Model Subsidence Model (Coal) Coastal Zone Dispersion Model Model for preparation of Wind Rose

ProcuredUSEPA approved models

Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST) AEROMOD for Air Quality prediction Industrial Point Source Complex Long Term (ISCLT) Multiple Point Source Model With Terrain Adjustments (MPTER) Fugitive Dust Model (FDM) Qual 2E River Model CALINE – 3 (Highway Model) Complex Terrain Dispersion Model (CTDM PLUS) Groundwater Modeling System (GMS) Surface Water Modeling System (SMS) Watershed Modeling System (WMS)

Green Belt Model Phast Model for Risk Assessment

Environmental division has a sophisticated environmental engineering laboratory equipped with modern state of the art apparatus/instruments for carrying out pysico-chemical and biological analysis of environmental parameters. The equipment list is shown as Table 10.4.

Environmental Engineering laboratory of MECON is certified with BS OSHAS: 18001: 2007 with Occupational Health and safety management.



Chapter 10Page 180

Table 10.4: List of major equipment at Environmental laboratory Sl.No. Name of the instrument Make/ Model/

Specification

1. High Performance Liquid Chromatograph (HPLC) with UV Detector. WATERS UK

2. Automatic Absorption Spectro-photometer (AAS)

Perkin Elmer, A Analyst - 100

3. Gas Chromatograph with ECD, NFD and FID Thermofisher scientific/ GC Traceultra

4. Ion Analyser with 10 ion selective electrodes ORION-960 Research USA

5. Portable Spectrophotometer HACH, DR-2000, USA 6. Oil Analyser Wilks-CVH, USA 7. Hydrogen Generator Whatman, Model 75-34

8. CO Analyser( NDIR Based) Environment S.A. 011 M, France

9. NOx Analyser (Chemiluminiscence) Environment S.A. AC-31 M, France

10. Ozone-monitor Environment S.A. 41 M - France

11.

Spectrophotometers UV – Visible recording type

Spectrophotometer Photometer Chemito-2500 & ECIL, GS – 5701 Systronics – 106Systronics – 112

12. Digital Mercury Analyser ECIL, MA 5840

13. Flame Photometer with Compressor AIMIL

14. Turbidity Meter Systronics

15. Conductivity Meter Toshinwal,ModelLO110A

16. pH Meter Multimake

17.BOD Incubator SICO OXI - Top E. Merck

18. Research Microscope Wild Leitz Germany

Documents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - Welcome to Environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/141020148M...EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT